Pañcama Aṃśa, Aṣṭatriṃśa Adhyāya
Viṣṇu Purāṇa · Word senses (182)
English uses glossary phrases; only names stay in Sanskrit. Hover or tap words in the IAST line, or open Word make-up under each verse. Word senses lists every noun in this chapter.
Devanagari scan
From your Viṣṇucittīya edition (Oriental Institute, 1972). Open PDF
इति श्रीविष्णुपुराणे पञ्चमे ऽंशे सप्तत्रिंशो ऽध्यायः अर्जुनो ऽपि तदान्विष्य कृष्णरामकलेवरे संस्कारं लम्भयाम् आस तथान्येषाम् अनुक्रमात्
[[iti[[iti (इति)[[iti is used as a grammatical form in this verse. śrīviṣṇupurāṇeśrīviṣṇupurāṇe (श्रीविष्णुपुराणे)The core matches the root iṣ, “to wish, to send.” pañcamepañcame (पञ्चमे)pañcame is used as a grammatical form in this verse. 'ṃśe'ṃśe (ऽंशे)'ṃśe is used as a grammatical form in this verse. saptatriṃśosaptatriṃśo (सप्तत्रिंशो)saptatriṃśo is used as a grammatical form in this verse. 'dhyāyaḥ'dhyāyaḥ (ऽध्यायः)The core matches the root yā, “to go.” ]]]]]] is used as a grammatical form in this verse. arjunoarjuno (अर्जुनो)Inflected from arjuna. arjuna: white, silvery, clear. From a root of brightness (raj/arg). The Pāṇḍava named for that brightness. Vocative arjuna: O Arjuna. 'pi'pi (ऽपि)'pi is used as a grammatical form in this verse. tadānviṣyatadānviṣya (तदान्विष्य)The core matches the root iṣ, “to wish, to send.” kṛṣṇarāmakalevarekṛṣṇarāmakalevare (कृष्णरामकलेवरे)The core matches the root kṛṣ, “to drag, to plough.” saṃskāraṃsaṃskāraṃ (संस्कारं)saṃ- (“together”) + skāraṃ. lambhayāmlambhayām (लम्भयाम्)The core matches the root yā, “to go.” āsaāsa (आस)The core matches the root ās, “to sit.” tathānyeṣāmtathānyeṣām (तथान्येषाम्)tathānyeṣām is used as a grammatical form in this verse. anukramātanukramāt (अनुक्रमात्)The core matches the root kram, “to step.” anu- (“along, after”) + kramāt.
[5.38.1] arjuno saṃ- (“together”) + skāraṃ
Word make-up
- [[iti (इति)
- [[iti is used as a grammatical form in this verse.
- śrīviṣṇupurāṇe (श्रीविष्णुपुराणे)
- The core matches the root iṣ, “to wish, to send.”
- pañcame (पञ्चमे)
- pañcame is used as a grammatical form in this verse.
- 'ṃśe (ऽंशे)
- 'ṃśe is used as a grammatical form in this verse.
- saptatriṃśo (सप्तत्रिंशो)
- saptatriṃśo is used as a grammatical form in this verse.
- 'dhyāyaḥ (ऽध्यायः)
- The core matches the root yā, “to go.”
- ]]
- ]] is used as a grammatical form in this verse.
- arjuno (अर्जुनो)
- Vocative arjuna: O Arjuna
- Inflected from arjuna. arjuna: white, silvery, clear. From a root of brightness (raj/arg). The Pāṇḍava named for that brightness. Vocative arjuna: O Arjuna.
- 'pi (ऽपि)
- 'pi is used as a grammatical form in this verse.
- tadānviṣya (तदान्विष्य)
- The core matches the root iṣ, “to wish, to send.”
- kṛṣṇarāmakalevare (कृष्णरामकलेवरे)
- The core matches the root kṛṣ, “to drag, to plough.”
- saṃskāraṃ (संस्कारं)
- saṃ- (“together”) + skāraṃ
- saṃ- (“together”) + skāraṃ.
- lambhayām (लम्भयाम्)
- The core matches the root yā, “to go.”
- āsa (आस)
- The core matches the root ās, “to sit.”
- tathānyeṣām (तथान्येषाम्)
- tathānyeṣām is used as a grammatical form in this verse.
- anukramāt (अनुक्रमात्)
- The core matches the root kram, “to step.” anu- (“along, after”) + kramāt.
अष्टौ महिष्यः कथिता रुक्मिणीप्रमुखास् तु याः उपगुह्य हरेर् देहं विविशुस् ता हुताशनम्
aṣṭauaṣṭau (अष्टौ)aṣṭan: eight. mahiṣyaḥmahiṣyaḥ (महिष्यः)The core matches the root iṣ, “to wish, to send.” kathitākathitā (कथिता)kathitā is used as a grammatical form in this verse. rukmiṇīpramukhāsrukmiṇīpramukhās (रुक्मिणीप्रमुखास्)The core matches the root ram, “to rest, to delight.” tutu (तु)Particle: “but, then, now” — a turn or a slight contrast. yāḥyāḥ (याः)The core matches the root yā, “to go.” upaguhyaupaguhya (उपगुह्य)upa- (“near, toward”) joined to guhya. From guh, “to hide.” Hidden; a secret. Together the form means upa + that sense. harerharer (हरेर्)harer is used as a grammatical form in this verse. dehaṃdehaṃ (देहं)From dih, “to smear, to plaster.” The plastered thing: the formed body. viviśusviviśus (विविशुस्)The core matches the root viś, “to enter.” vi- (“apart, asunder”) + viśus. tātā (ता)tā is used as a grammatical form in this verse. hutāśanamhutāśanam (हुताशनम्)The core matches the root nam, “to bow.”
[5.38.2] eight but hidden the body
Word make-up
- aṣṭau (अष्टौ)
- eight
- aṣṭan: eight.
- mahiṣyaḥ (महिष्यः)
- The core matches the root iṣ, “to wish, to send.”
- kathitā (कथिता)
- kathitā is used as a grammatical form in this verse.
- rukmiṇīpramukhās (रुक्मिणीप्रमुखास्)
- The core matches the root ram, “to rest, to delight.”
- tu (तु)
- but
- Particle: “but, then, now” — a turn or a slight contrast.
- yāḥ (याः)
- The core matches the root yā, “to go.”
- upaguhya (उपगुह्य)
- hidden
- upa- (“near, toward”) joined to guhya. From guh, “to hide.” Hidden; a secret. Together the form means upa + that sense.
- harer (हरेर्)
- harer is used as a grammatical form in this verse.
- dehaṃ (देहं)
- the body
- From dih, “to smear, to plaster.” The plastered thing: the formed body.
- viviśus (विविशुस्)
- The core matches the root viś, “to enter.” vi- (“apart, asunder”) + viśus.
- tā (ता)
- tā is used as a grammatical form in this verse.
- hutāśanam (हुताशनम्)
- The core matches the root nam, “to bow.”
रेवती चैव रामस्य देहम् आश्लिष्य सत्तम विवेश ज्वलितं वह्निं तत्सङ्गाह्लादशीतलम्
revatīrevatī (रेवती)revatī is used as a grammatical form in this verse. caivacaiva (चैव)caiva is used as a grammatical form in this verse. rāmasyarāmasya (रामस्य)The core matches the root as, “to be.” dehamdeham (देहम्)From dih, “to smear, to plaster.” The plastered thing: the formed body. āśliṣyaāśliṣya (आश्लिष्य)The core matches the root iṣ, “to wish, to send.” ā- (“unto, fully”) + śliṣya. sattamasattama (सत्तम)sattama is used as a grammatical form in this verse. viveśaviveśa (विवेश)vi- (“apart, asunder”) + veśa. jvalitaṃjvalitaṃ (ज्वलितं)jvalitaṃ is used as a grammatical form in this verse. vahniṃvahniṃ (वह्निं)The core matches the root vah, “to carry.” tatsaṅgāhlādaśītalamtatsaṅgāhlādaśītalam (तत्सङ्गाह्लादशीतलम्)The core matches the root śī, “to lie.”
[5.38.3] the body vi- (“apart, asunder”) + veśa
Word make-up
- revatī (रेवती)
- revatī is used as a grammatical form in this verse.
- caiva (चैव)
- caiva is used as a grammatical form in this verse.
- rāmasya (रामस्य)
- The core matches the root as, “to be.”
- deham (देहम्)
- the body
- From dih, “to smear, to plaster.” The plastered thing: the formed body.
- āśliṣya (आश्लिष्य)
- The core matches the root iṣ, “to wish, to send.” ā- (“unto, fully”) + śliṣya.
- sattama (सत्तम)
- sattama is used as a grammatical form in this verse.
- viveśa (विवेश)
- vi- (“apart, asunder”) + veśa
- vi- (“apart, asunder”) + veśa.
- jvalitaṃ (ज्वलितं)
- jvalitaṃ is used as a grammatical form in this verse.
- vahniṃ (वह्निं)
- The core matches the root vah, “to carry.”
- tatsaṅgāhlādaśītalam (तत्सङ्गाह्लादशीतलम्)
- The core matches the root śī, “to lie.”
उग्रसेनस् तु तच् छ्रुत्वा तथैवानकदुन्दुभिः देवकी रोहिणी चैव विविशुर् जातवेदसम्
ugrasenasugrasenas (उग्रसेनस्)The core matches the root as, “to be.” tutu (तु)Particle: “but, then, now” — a turn or a slight contrast. tactac (तच्)tac is used as a grammatical form in this verse. chrutvāchrutvā (छ्रुत्वा)chrutvā is used as a grammatical form in this verse. tathaivānakadundubhiḥtathaivānakadundubhiḥ (तथैवानकदुन्दुभिः)tathaivānakadundubhiḥ is used as a grammatical form in this verse. devakīdevakī (देवकी)devakī is used as a grammatical form in this verse. rohiṇīrohiṇī (रोहिणी)rohiṇī is used as a grammatical form in this verse. caivacaiva (चैव)caiva is used as a grammatical form in this verse. viviśurviviśur (विविशुर्)The core matches the root viś, “to enter.” vi- (“apart, asunder”) + viśur. jātavedasamjātavedasam (जातवेदसम्)The core matches the root as, “to be.”
[5.38.4] but
Word make-up
- ugrasenas (उग्रसेनस्)
- The core matches the root as, “to be.”
- tu (तु)
- but
- Particle: “but, then, now” — a turn or a slight contrast.
- tac (तच्)
- tac is used as a grammatical form in this verse.
- chrutvā (छ्रुत्वा)
- chrutvā is used as a grammatical form in this verse.
- tathaivānakadundubhiḥ (तथैवानकदुन्दुभिः)
- tathaivānakadundubhiḥ is used as a grammatical form in this verse.
- devakī (देवकी)
- devakī is used as a grammatical form in this verse.
- rohiṇī (रोहिणी)
- rohiṇī is used as a grammatical form in this verse.
- caiva (चैव)
- caiva is used as a grammatical form in this verse.
- viviśur (विविशुर्)
- The core matches the root viś, “to enter.” vi- (“apart, asunder”) + viśur.
- jātavedasam (जातवेदसम्)
- The core matches the root as, “to be.”
ततो ऽर्जुनः प्रेतकार्यं कृत्वा तेषां यथाविधि निश्चक्राम जनं सर्वं गृहीत्वा वज्रम् एव च
tatotato (ततो)Inflected from tat. Neuter of tad: “that.” From the demonstrative stem ta-. 'rjunaḥ'rjunaḥ (ऽर्जुनः)'rjunaḥ is used as a grammatical form in this verse. pretakāryaṃpretakāryaṃ (प्रेतकार्यं)pretakāryaṃ is used as a grammatical form in this verse. kṛtvākṛtvā (कृत्वा)From kṛ, “to do, to make.” To do; having done; doing. teṣāṃteṣāṃ (तेषां)Genitive plural of tad: “of them.” yathāvidhiyathāvidhi (यथाविधि)The core matches the root vid, “to know / to find.” niścakrāmaniścakrāma (निश्चक्राम)ni- (“down, in”) + ścakrāma. janaṃjanaṃ (जनं)The core matches the root jan, “to be born.” sarvaṃsarvaṃ (सर्वं)sarva: whole, all. The entire, not a leftover. gṛhītvāgṛhītvā (गृहीत्वा)From grah, “to grasp.” Grasps; having grasped. vajramvajram (वज्रम्)The core matches the root ram, “to rest, to delight.” evaeva (एव)Particle of restriction or emphasis: “only, just, indeed.” caca (च)Enclitic particle: “and, also.”
[5.38.5] that doing of them ni- (“down, in”) + ścakrāma all grasps just and
Word make-up
- tato (ततो)
- that
- Inflected from tat. Neuter of tad: “that.” From the demonstrative stem ta-.
- 'rjunaḥ (ऽर्जुनः)
- 'rjunaḥ is used as a grammatical form in this verse.
- pretakāryaṃ (प्रेतकार्यं)
- pretakāryaṃ is used as a grammatical form in this verse.
- kṛtvā (कृत्वा)
- doing
- From kṛ, “to do, to make.” To do; having done; doing.
- teṣāṃ (तेषां)
- of them
- Genitive plural of tad: “of them.”
- yathāvidhi (यथाविधि)
- The core matches the root vid, “to know / to find.”
- niścakrāma (निश्चक्राम)
- ni- (“down, in”) + ścakrāma
- ni- (“down, in”) + ścakrāma.
- janaṃ (जनं)
- The core matches the root jan, “to be born.”
- sarvaṃ (सर्वं)
- all
- sarva: whole, all. The entire, not a leftover.
- gṛhītvā (गृहीत्वा)
- grasps
- From grah, “to grasp.” Grasps; having grasped.
- vajram (वज्रम्)
- The core matches the root ram, “to rest, to delight.”
- eva (एव)
- just
- Particle of restriction or emphasis: “only, just, indeed.”
- ca (च)
- and
- Enclitic particle: “and, also.”
द्वारवत्या विनिष्क्रान्ताः कृष्णपत्न्यः सहस्रशः वज्रं जनं च कौन्तेयः पालयञ् छनकैर् ययौ
dvāravatyādvāravatyā (द्वारवत्या)The core matches the root yā, “to go.” viniṣkrāntāḥviniṣkrāntāḥ (विनिष्क्रान्ताः)The core matches the root iṣ, “to wish, to send.” vi- (“apart, asunder”) + niṣkrāntāḥ. kṛṣṇapatnyaḥkṛṣṇapatnyaḥ (कृष्णपत्न्यः)The core matches the root pat, “to fall.” sahasraśaḥsahasraśaḥ (सहस्रशः)The core matches the root as, “to be.” vajraṃvajraṃ (वज्रं)vajraṃ is used as a grammatical form in this verse. janaṃjanaṃ (जनं)The core matches the root jan, “to be born.” caca (च)Enclitic particle: “and, also.” kaunteyaḥkaunteyaḥ (कौन्तेयः)kaunteya: son of Kuntī. Patronym. pālayañpālayañ (पालयञ्)The core matches the root pā, “to protect / to drink.” chanakairchanakair (छनकैर्)The core matches the root han, “to strike.” yayauyayau (ययौ)yayau is used as a grammatical form in this verse.
[5.38.6] and kaunteyaḥ
Word make-up
- dvāravatyā (द्वारवत्या)
- The core matches the root yā, “to go.”
- viniṣkrāntāḥ (विनिष्क्रान्ताः)
- The core matches the root iṣ, “to wish, to send.” vi- (“apart, asunder”) + niṣkrāntāḥ.
- kṛṣṇapatnyaḥ (कृष्णपत्न्यः)
- The core matches the root pat, “to fall.”
- sahasraśaḥ (सहस्रशः)
- The core matches the root as, “to be.”
- vajraṃ (वज्रं)
- vajraṃ is used as a grammatical form in this verse.
- janaṃ (जनं)
- The core matches the root jan, “to be born.”
- ca (च)
- and
- Enclitic particle: “and, also.”
- kaunteyaḥ (कौन्तेयः)
- Patronym
- kaunteya: son of Kuntī. Patronym.
- pālayañ (पालयञ्)
- The core matches the root pā, “to protect / to drink.”
- chanakair (छनकैर्)
- The core matches the root han, “to strike.”
- yayau (ययौ)
- yayau is used as a grammatical form in this verse.
सभा सुधर्मा कृष्णेन मर्त्यलोके समुज्झिते स्वर्गं जगाम मैत्रेय पारिजातश् च पादपः
sabhāsabhā (सभा)sabhā is used as a grammatical form in this verse. sudharmāsudharmā (सुधर्मा)su- (“well, good”) joined to dharmā. From dhṛ, “to hold, to uphold.” That which holds, the holding: law, right, the way a thing is held in place. Not a one-word “religion.” Together the form means su + that sense. kṛṣṇenakṛṣṇena (कृष्णेन)Inflected from kṛṣṇa. kṛṣṇa: dark, black. From kṛṣ, “to draw, to drag,” or as the dark colour. The dark one. Vocative: O Kṛṣṇa. martyalokemartyaloke (मर्त्यलोके)The core matches the root lok, “to see, to shine.” samujjhitesamujjhite (समुज्झिते)sam- (“together”) + ujjhite. svargaṃsvargaṃ (स्वर्गं)svargaṃ is used as a grammatical form in this verse. jagāmajagāma (जगाम)jagāma is used as a grammatical form in this verse. maitreyamaitreya (मैत्रेय)maitreya is used as a grammatical form in this verse. pārijātaśpārijātaś (पारिजातश्)The core matches the root pā, “to protect / to drink.” caca (च)Enclitic particle: “and, also.” pādapaḥpādapaḥ (पादपः)The core matches the root pā, “to protect / to drink.”
[5.38.7] that which holds Vocative: O Kṛṣṇa sam- (“together”) + ujjhite and
Word make-up
- sabhā (सभा)
- sabhā is used as a grammatical form in this verse.
- sudharmā (सुधर्मा)
- that which holds
- su- (“well, good”) joined to dharmā. From dhṛ, “to hold, to uphold.” That which holds, the holding: law, right, the way a thing is held in place. Not a one-word “religion.” Together the form means su + that sense.
- kṛṣṇena (कृष्णेन)
- Vocative: O Kṛṣṇa
- Inflected from kṛṣṇa. kṛṣṇa: dark, black. From kṛṣ, “to draw, to drag,” or as the dark colour. The dark one. Vocative: O Kṛṣṇa.
- martyaloke (मर्त्यलोके)
- The core matches the root lok, “to see, to shine.”
- samujjhite (समुज्झिते)
- sam- (“together”) + ujjhite
- sam- (“together”) + ujjhite.
- svargaṃ (स्वर्गं)
- svargaṃ is used as a grammatical form in this verse.
- jagāma (जगाम)
- jagāma is used as a grammatical form in this verse.
- maitreya (मैत्रेय)
- maitreya is used as a grammatical form in this verse.
- pārijātaś (पारिजातश्)
- The core matches the root pā, “to protect / to drink.”
- ca (च)
- and
- Enclitic particle: “and, also.”
- pādapaḥ (पादपः)
- The core matches the root pā, “to protect / to drink.”
यस्मिन् दिने हरिर् यातो दिवं संत्यज्य मेदिनीम् तस्मिन्न् एवावतीर्णो ऽयं कालकायो बली कलिः
yasminyasmin (यस्मिन्)The core matches the root as, “to be.” dinedine (दिने)dine is used as a grammatical form in this verse. harirharir (हरिर्)harir is used as a grammatical form in this verse. yātoyāto (यातो)The core matches the root yā, “to go.” divaṃdivaṃ (दिवं)The core matches the root div, “to shine.” saṃtyajyasaṃtyajya (संत्यज्य)The core matches the root tyaj, “to leave.” saṃ- (“together”) + tyajya. medinīmmedinīm (मेदिनीम्)The core matches the root nī, “to lead.” tasminntasminn (तस्मिन्न्)The core matches the root as, “to be.” evāvatīrṇoevāvatīrṇo (एवावतीर्णो)evāvatīrṇo is used as a grammatical form in this verse. 'yaṃ'yaṃ (ऽयं)'yaṃ is used as a grammatical form in this verse. kālakāyokālakāyo (कालकायो)kālakāyo is used as a grammatical form in this verse. balībalī (बली)balī is used as a grammatical form in this verse. kaliḥkaliḥ (कलिः)kaliḥ is used as a grammatical form in this verse.
[5.38.8]
Word make-up
- yasmin (यस्मिन्)
- The core matches the root as, “to be.”
- dine (दिने)
- dine is used as a grammatical form in this verse.
- harir (हरिर्)
- harir is used as a grammatical form in this verse.
- yāto (यातो)
- The core matches the root yā, “to go.”
- divaṃ (दिवं)
- The core matches the root div, “to shine.”
- saṃtyajya (संत्यज्य)
- The core matches the root tyaj, “to leave.” saṃ- (“together”) + tyajya.
- medinīm (मेदिनीम्)
- The core matches the root nī, “to lead.”
- tasminn (तस्मिन्न्)
- The core matches the root as, “to be.”
- evāvatīrṇo (एवावतीर्णो)
- evāvatīrṇo is used as a grammatical form in this verse.
- 'yaṃ (ऽयं)
- 'yaṃ is used as a grammatical form in this verse.
- kālakāyo (कालकायो)
- kālakāyo is used as a grammatical form in this verse.
- balī (बली)
- balī is used as a grammatical form in this verse.
- kaliḥ (कलिः)
- kaliḥ is used as a grammatical form in this verse.
प्लावयाम् आस तां शून्यां द्वारकां च महोदधिः यदुदेवगृहं त्व् एकं नाप्लावयत सागरः
plāvayāmplāvayām (प्लावयाम्)The core matches the root yā, “to go.” āsaāsa (आस)The core matches the root ās, “to sit.” tāṃtāṃ (तां)tāṃ is used as a grammatical form in this verse. śūnyāṃśūnyāṃ (शून्यां)The core matches the root yā, “to go.” dvārakāṃdvārakāṃ (द्वारकां)dvārakāṃ is used as a grammatical form in this verse. caca (च)Enclitic particle: “and, also.” mahodadhiḥmahodadhiḥ (महोदधिः)mahodadhiḥ is used as a grammatical form in this verse. yadudevagṛhaṃyadudevagṛhaṃ (यदुदेवगृहं)yadudevagṛhaṃ is used as a grammatical form in this verse. tvtv (त्व्)tv is used as a grammatical form in this verse. ekaṃekaṃ (एकं)eka: one. The one, a single. nāplāvayatanāplāvayata (नाप्लावयत)The core matches the root āp, “to reach.” sāgaraḥsāgaraḥ (सागरः)sāgaraḥ is used as a grammatical form in this verse.
[5.38.9] and one
Word make-up
- plāvayām (प्लावयाम्)
- The core matches the root yā, “to go.”
- āsa (आस)
- The core matches the root ās, “to sit.”
- tāṃ (तां)
- tāṃ is used as a grammatical form in this verse.
- śūnyāṃ (शून्यां)
- The core matches the root yā, “to go.”
- dvārakāṃ (द्वारकां)
- dvārakāṃ is used as a grammatical form in this verse.
- ca (च)
- and
- Enclitic particle: “and, also.”
- mahodadhiḥ (महोदधिः)
- mahodadhiḥ is used as a grammatical form in this verse.
- yadudevagṛhaṃ (यदुदेवगृहं)
- yadudevagṛhaṃ is used as a grammatical form in this verse.
- tv (त्व्)
- tv is used as a grammatical form in this verse.
- ekaṃ (एकं)
- one
- eka: one. The one, a single.
- nāplāvayata (नाप्लावयत)
- The core matches the root āp, “to reach.”
- sāgaraḥ (सागरः)
- sāgaraḥ is used as a grammatical form in this verse.
नातिक्रान्तुम् अलं ब्रह्मंस् तद् अद्यापि महोदधिः नित्यं संनिहितस् तत्र भगवान् केशवो यतः
nātikrāntumnātikrāntum (नातिक्रान्तुम्)nātikrāntum is used as a grammatical form in this verse. alaṃalaṃ (अलं)a- (“not”) + laṃ. brahmaṃsbrahmaṃs (ब्रह्मंस्)brahmaṃs is used as a grammatical form in this verse. tadtad (तद्)Neuter of tad: “that.” From the demonstrative stem ta-. adyāpiadyāpi (अद्यापि)The core matches the root āp, “to reach.” a- (“not”) + dyāpi. mahodadhiḥmahodadhiḥ (महोदधिः)mahodadhiḥ is used as a grammatical form in this verse. nityaṃnityaṃ (नित्यं)From ni- (“in, own”) + tya: what is in-dwelling, continual, one’s own as constant. Continually-there; not a calendar “eternal.” saṃnihitassaṃnihitas (संनिहितस्)The core matches the root as, “to be.” saṃ- (“together”) + nihitas. tatratatra (तत्र)ta- + tra: “in that place, there.” bhagavānbhagavān (भगवान्)bhaga (“share, portion, majesty,” from bhaj “to share”) + -vant “possessing.” One who has the share of majesty. The Lord as the one possessed of majesty, not a first name. keśavokeśavo (केशवो)Inflected from keśava. keśa (“hair”) + -va: having fine hair; or slayer of Keśin. A name of Kṛṣṇa. yataḥyataḥ (यतः)Inflected from yat. Neuter of yad: “which, what, that.” Relative stem ya-.
[5.38.10] a- (“not”) + laṃ that continual there the Lord keśavo which
Word make-up
- nātikrāntum (नातिक्रान्तुम्)
- nātikrāntum is used as a grammatical form in this verse.
- alaṃ (अलं)
- a- (“not”) + laṃ
- a- (“not”) + laṃ.
- brahmaṃs (ब्रह्मंस्)
- brahmaṃs is used as a grammatical form in this verse.
- tad (तद्)
- that
- Neuter of tad: “that.” From the demonstrative stem ta-.
- adyāpi (अद्यापि)
- The core matches the root āp, “to reach.” a- (“not”) + dyāpi.
- mahodadhiḥ (महोदधिः)
- mahodadhiḥ is used as a grammatical form in this verse.
- nityaṃ (नित्यं)
- continual
- From ni- (“in, own”) + tya: what is in-dwelling, continual, one’s own as constant. Continually-there; not a calendar “eternal.”
- saṃnihitas (संनिहितस्)
- The core matches the root as, “to be.” saṃ- (“together”) + nihitas.
- tatra (तत्र)
- there
- ta- + tra: “in that place, there.”
- bhagavān (भगवान्)
- the Lord
- bhaga (“share, portion, majesty,” from bhaj “to share”) + -vant “possessing.” One who has the share of majesty. The Lord as the one possessed of majesty, not a first name.
- keśavo (केशवो)
- A name of Kṛṣṇa
- Inflected from keśava. keśa (“hair”) + -va: having fine hair; or slayer of Keśin. A name of Kṛṣṇa.
- yataḥ (यतः)
- which
- Inflected from yat. Neuter of yad: “which, what, that.” Relative stem ya-.
तद् अतीव महापुण्यं सर्वपातकनाशनम् विष्णुक्रीडान्वितं स्थानं दृष्ट्वा पापात् प्रमुच्यते
tadtad (तद्)Neuter of tad: “that.” From the demonstrative stem ta-. atīvaatīva (अतीव)a- (“not”) + tīva. mahāpuṇyaṃmahāpuṇyaṃ (महापुण्यं)The core matches the root āp, “to reach.” sarvapātakanāśanamsarvapātakanāśanam (सर्वपातकनाशनम्)The core matches the root nam, “to bow.” viṣṇukrīḍānvitaṃviṣṇukrīḍānvitaṃ (विष्णुक्रीडान्वितं)The core matches the root iṣ, “to wish, to send.” vi- (“apart, asunder”) + ṣṇukrīḍānvitaṃ. sthānaṃsthānaṃ (स्थानं)From sthā, “to stand.” Standing-place; stood; having stood; stands. dṛṣṭvādṛṣṭvā (दृष्ट्वा)From dṛś, “to see” (present paśya-). Sees; see!; I see; seeing; to see; having seen. pāpātpāpāt (पापात्)pāpa: evil, what is ill, a bad deed. Not a Christian “sin” imported whole. pramucyatepramucyate (प्रमुच्यते)The core matches the root ram, “to rest, to delight.” pra- (“forth, forward”) + mucyate.
[5.38.11] that a- (“not”) + tīva standing seeing ill-deed
Word make-up
- tad (तद्)
- that
- Neuter of tad: “that.” From the demonstrative stem ta-.
- atīva (अतीव)
- a- (“not”) + tīva
- a- (“not”) + tīva.
- mahāpuṇyaṃ (महापुण्यं)
- The core matches the root āp, “to reach.”
- sarvapātakanāśanam (सर्वपातकनाशनम्)
- The core matches the root nam, “to bow.”
- viṣṇukrīḍānvitaṃ (विष्णुक्रीडान्वितं)
- The core matches the root iṣ, “to wish, to send.” vi- (“apart, asunder”) + ṣṇukrīḍānvitaṃ.
- sthānaṃ (स्थानं)
- standing
- From sthā, “to stand.” Standing-place; stood; having stood; stands.
- dṛṣṭvā (दृष्ट्वा)
- seeing
- From dṛś, “to see” (present paśya-). Sees; see!; I see; seeing; to see; having seen.
- pāpāt (पापात्)
- ill-deed
- pāpa: evil, what is ill, a bad deed. Not a Christian “sin” imported whole.
- pramucyate (प्रमुच्यते)
- The core matches the root ram, “to rest, to delight.” pra- (“forth, forward”) + mucyate.
पार्थः पञ्चनदे देशे बहुधान्यसमन्विते चकार वासं सर्वस्य जनस्य मुनिसत्तम
pārthaḥpārthaḥ (पार्थः)pārtha: son of Pṛthā (Kuntī). A patronym, not a mystical title. pañcanadepañcanade (पञ्चनदे)The core matches the root an, “to breathe.” deśedeśe (देशे)deśe is used as a grammatical form in this verse. bahudhānyasamanvitebahudhānyasamanvite (बहुधान्यसमन्विते)The core matches the root man, “to think.” cakāracakāra (चकार)cakāra is used as a grammatical form in this verse. vāsaṃvāsaṃ (वासं)The core matches the root ās, “to sit.” sarvasyasarvasya (सर्वस्य)sarva: whole, all. The entire, not a leftover. janasyajanasya (जनस्य)The core matches the root jan, “to be born.” munisattamamunisattama (मुनिसत्तम)munisattama is used as a grammatical form in this verse.
[5.38.12] pārthaḥ all
Word make-up
- pārthaḥ (पार्थः)
- A patronym, not a mystical title
- pārtha: son of Pṛthā (Kuntī). A patronym, not a mystical title.
- pañcanade (पञ्चनदे)
- The core matches the root an, “to breathe.”
- deśe (देशे)
- deśe is used as a grammatical form in this verse.
- bahudhānyasamanvite (बहुधान्यसमन्विते)
- The core matches the root man, “to think.”
- cakāra (चकार)
- cakāra is used as a grammatical form in this verse.
- vāsaṃ (वासं)
- The core matches the root ās, “to sit.”
- sarvasya (सर्वस्य)
- all
- sarva: whole, all. The entire, not a leftover.
- janasya (जनस्य)
- The core matches the root jan, “to be born.”
- munisattama (मुनिसत्तम)
- munisattama is used as a grammatical form in this verse.
ततो लोभः समभवत् पार्थेनैकेन धन्विना दृष्ट्वा स्त्रियो नीयमाना दस्यूनां निहतेश्वराः
tatotato (ततो)Inflected from tat. Neuter of tad: “that.” From the demonstrative stem ta-. lobhaḥlobhaḥ (लोभः)From lubh, “to desire greedily.” Grasping-desire. samabhavatsamabhavat (समभवत्)sam- (“together”) + abhavat. pārthenaikenapārthenaikena (पार्थेनैकेन)The core matches the root pā, “to protect / to drink.” dhanvinādhanvinā (धन्विना)The core matches the root han, “to strike.” dṛṣṭvādṛṣṭvā (दृष्ट्वा)From dṛś, “to see” (present paśya-). Sees; see!; I see; seeing; to see; having seen. striyostriyo (स्त्रियो)striyo is used as a grammatical form in this verse. nīyamānānīyamānā (नीयमाना)The core matches the root nī, “to lead.” dasyūnāṃdasyūnāṃ (दस्यूनां)The core matches the root as, “to be.” nihateśvarāḥnihateśvarāḥ (निहतेश्वराः)ni- (“down, in”) + hateśvarāḥ.
[5.38.13] that grasping-desire sam- (“together”) + abhavat seeing ni- (“down, in”) + hateśvarāḥ
Word make-up
- tato (ततो)
- that
- Inflected from tat. Neuter of tad: “that.” From the demonstrative stem ta-.
- lobhaḥ (लोभः)
- grasping-desire
- From lubh, “to desire greedily.” Grasping-desire.
- samabhavat (समभवत्)
- sam- (“together”) + abhavat
- sam- (“together”) + abhavat.
- pārthenaikena (पार्थेनैकेन)
- The core matches the root pā, “to protect / to drink.”
- dhanvinā (धन्विना)
- The core matches the root han, “to strike.”
- dṛṣṭvā (दृष्ट्वा)
- seeing
- From dṛś, “to see” (present paśya-). Sees; see!; I see; seeing; to see; having seen.
- striyo (स्त्रियो)
- striyo is used as a grammatical form in this verse.
- nīyamānā (नीयमाना)
- The core matches the root nī, “to lead.”
- dasyūnāṃ (दस्यूनां)
- The core matches the root as, “to be.”
- nihateśvarāḥ (निहतेश्वराः)
- ni- (“down, in”) + hateśvarāḥ
- ni- (“down, in”) + hateśvarāḥ.
ततस् ते पापकर्माणो लोभोपहतचेतसः आभीरा मन्त्रयाम् आसुः समेत्यात्यन्तदुर्मदाः
tatastatas (ततस्)From tad + tas: “from that, then.” tete (ते)Enclitic of yuṣmad (“your / to you”) or nominative plural of tad (“they”). Sense follows the verse. pāpakarmāṇopāpakarmāṇo (पापकर्माणो)The core matches the root āp, “to reach.” lobhopahatacetasaḥlobhopahatacetasaḥ (लोभोपहतचेतसः)The core matches the root as, “to be.” ābhīrāābhīrā (आभीरा)The core matches the root bhī, “to fear.” ā- (“unto, fully”) + bhīrā. mantrayāmmantrayām (मन्त्रयाम्)The core matches the root man, “to think.” āsuḥāsuḥ (आसुः)The core matches the root ās, “to sit.” ā- (“unto, fully”) + suḥ. sametyātyantadurmadāḥsametyātyantadurmadāḥ (समेत्यात्यन्तदुर्मदाः)The core matches the root yā, “to go.” sam- (“together”) + etyātyantadurmadāḥ.
[5.38.14] then you
Word make-up
- tatas (ततस्)
- then
- From tad + tas: “from that, then.”
- te (ते)
- you
- Enclitic of yuṣmad (“your / to you”) or nominative plural of tad (“they”). Sense follows the verse.
- pāpakarmāṇo (पापकर्माणो)
- The core matches the root āp, “to reach.”
- lobhopahatacetasaḥ (लोभोपहतचेतसः)
- The core matches the root as, “to be.”
- ābhīrā (आभीरा)
- The core matches the root bhī, “to fear.” ā- (“unto, fully”) + bhīrā.
- mantrayām (मन्त्रयाम्)
- The core matches the root man, “to think.”
- āsuḥ (आसुः)
- The core matches the root ās, “to sit.” ā- (“unto, fully”) + suḥ.
- sametyātyantadurmadāḥ (समेत्यात्यन्तदुर्मदाः)
- The core matches the root yā, “to go.” sam- (“together”) + etyātyantadurmadāḥ.
अयम् एको ऽर्जुनो धन्वी स्त्रीजनं निहतेश्वरम् नयत्य् अस्मान् अतिक्रम्य धिग् एतद् भवतां बलम्
ayamayam (अयम्)Masculine of idam: “this one.” ekoeko (एको)Inflected from eka. eka: one. The one, a single. 'rjuno'rjuno (ऽर्जुनो)'rjuno is used as a grammatical form in this verse. dhanvīdhanvī (धन्वी)The core matches the root han, “to strike.” strījanaṃstrījanaṃ (स्त्रीजनं)The core matches the root jan, “to be born.” nihateśvaramnihateśvaram (निहतेश्वरम्)The core matches the root ram, “to rest, to delight.” ni- (“down, in”) + hateśvaram. nayatynayaty (नयत्य्)nayaty is used as a grammatical form in this verse. asmānasmān (अस्मान्)a- (“not”) joined to smān. Particle used with present tense for past or customary action. Together the form means a + that sense. atikramyaatikramya (अतिक्रम्य)The core matches the root kram, “to step.” ati- (“beyond”) + kramya. dhigdhig (धिग्)dhig is used as a grammatical form in this verse. etadetad (एतद्)Neuter of etad: “this here.” e- + tad. bhavatāṃbhavatāṃ (भवतां)bhavatāṃ is used as a grammatical form in this verse. balambalam (बलम्)bala: strength, force (from bal, “to be strong”).
[5.38.15] this one smān this strength
Word make-up
- ayam (अयम्)
- this
- Masculine of idam: “this one.”
- eko (एको)
- one
- Inflected from eka. eka: one. The one, a single.
- 'rjuno (ऽर्जुनो)
- 'rjuno is used as a grammatical form in this verse.
- dhanvī (धन्वी)
- The core matches the root han, “to strike.”
- strījanaṃ (स्त्रीजनं)
- The core matches the root jan, “to be born.”
- nihateśvaram (निहतेश्वरम्)
- The core matches the root ram, “to rest, to delight.” ni- (“down, in”) + hateśvaram.
- nayaty (नयत्य्)
- nayaty is used as a grammatical form in this verse.
- asmān (अस्मान्)
- smān
- a- (“not”) joined to smān. Particle used with present tense for past or customary action. Together the form means a + that sense.
- atikramya (अतिक्रम्य)
- The core matches the root kram, “to step.” ati- (“beyond”) + kramya.
- dhig (धिग्)
- dhig is used as a grammatical form in this verse.
- etad (एतद्)
- this
- Neuter of etad: “this here.” e- + tad.
- bhavatāṃ (भवतां)
- bhavatāṃ is used as a grammatical form in this verse.
- balam (बलम्)
- strength
- bala: strength, force (from bal, “to be strong”).
हत्वा गर्वं समारूढो भीष्मद्रोणजयद्रथान् कर्णादींश् च न जानाति बलं ग्रामनिवासिनाम्
hatvāhatvā (हत्वा)From han, “to strike, to slay.” Strikes; is struck; to slay; having slain. garvaṃgarvaṃ (गर्वं)garvaṃ is used as a grammatical form in this verse. samārūḍhosamārūḍho (समारूढो)The core matches the root mā, “to measure.” sam- (“together”) + ārūḍho. bhīṣmadroṇajayadrathānbhīṣmadroṇajayadrathān (भीष्मद्रोणजयद्रथान्)The core matches the root bhī, “to fear.” karṇādīṃśkarṇādīṃś (कर्णादींश्)karṇādīṃś is used as a grammatical form in this verse. caca (च)Enclitic particle: “and, also.” nana (न)Negation: “not.” jānātijānāti (जानाति)From jñā, “to know.” Having known; knows; to-be-known. balaṃbalaṃ (बलं)bala: strength, force (from bal, “to be strong”). grāmanivāsināmgrāmanivāsinām (ग्रामनिवासिनाम्)The core matches the root man, “to think.”
[5.38.16] striking and not knowing strength
Word make-up
- hatvā (हत्वा)
- striking
- From han, “to strike, to slay.” Strikes; is struck; to slay; having slain.
- garvaṃ (गर्वं)
- garvaṃ is used as a grammatical form in this verse.
- samārūḍho (समारूढो)
- The core matches the root mā, “to measure.” sam- (“together”) + ārūḍho.
- bhīṣmadroṇajayadrathān (भीष्मद्रोणजयद्रथान्)
- The core matches the root bhī, “to fear.”
- karṇādīṃś (कर्णादींश्)
- karṇādīṃś is used as a grammatical form in this verse.
- ca (च)
- and
- Enclitic particle: “and, also.”
- na (न)
- not
- Negation: “not.”
- jānāti (जानाति)
- knowing
- From jñā, “to know.” Having known; knows; to-be-known.
- balaṃ (बलं)
- strength
- bala: strength, force (from bal, “to be strong”).
- grāmanivāsinām (ग्रामनिवासिनाम्)
- The core matches the root man, “to think.”
हे हे यष्टीर् महायामा गृह्णीतायं सुदुर्मतिः सर्वान् एवावजानाति किं वो बाहुभिर् उन्नतैः
hehe (हे)he is used as a grammatical form in this verse. hehe (हे)he is used as a grammatical form in this verse. yaṣṭīryaṣṭīr (यष्टीर्)yaṣṭīr is used as a grammatical form in this verse. mahāyāmāmahāyāmā (महायामा)The core matches the root yā, “to go.” gṛhṇītāyaṃgṛhṇītāyaṃ (गृह्णीतायं)gṛhṇītāyaṃ is used as a grammatical form in this verse. sudurmatiḥsudurmatiḥ (सुदुर्मतिः)su- (“well, good”) + durmatiḥ. sarvānsarvān (सर्वान्)sarva: whole, all. The entire, not a leftover. evāvajānātievāvajānāti (एवावजानाति)evāvajānāti is used as a grammatical form in this verse. kiṃkiṃ (किं)Neuter interrogative: “what? why?” vovo (वो)vo is used as a grammatical form in this verse. bāhubhirbāhubhir (बाहुभिर्)The core matches the root hu, “to pour the offering.” unnataiḥunnataiḥ (उन्नतैः)unnataiḥ is used as a grammatical form in this verse.
[5.38.17] su- (“well, good”) + durmatiḥ all what
Word make-up
- he (हे)
- he is used as a grammatical form in this verse.
- he (हे)
- he is used as a grammatical form in this verse.
- yaṣṭīr (यष्टीर्)
- yaṣṭīr is used as a grammatical form in this verse.
- mahāyāmā (महायामा)
- The core matches the root yā, “to go.”
- gṛhṇītāyaṃ (गृह्णीतायं)
- gṛhṇītāyaṃ is used as a grammatical form in this verse.
- sudurmatiḥ (सुदुर्मतिः)
- su- (“well, good”) + durmatiḥ
- su- (“well, good”) + durmatiḥ.
- sarvān (सर्वान्)
- all
- sarva: whole, all. The entire, not a leftover.
- evāvajānāti (एवावजानाति)
- evāvajānāti is used as a grammatical form in this verse.
- kiṃ (किं)
- what
- Neuter interrogative: “what? why?”
- vo (वो)
- vo is used as a grammatical form in this verse.
- bāhubhir (बाहुभिर्)
- The core matches the root hu, “to pour the offering.”
- unnataiḥ (उन्नतैः)
- unnataiḥ is used as a grammatical form in this verse.
ततो यष्टिप्रहरणा दस्यवो लोप्त्रहारिणः सहस्रशो ऽभ्यधावन्त तं जनं निहतेश्वरम्
tatotato (ततो)Inflected from tat. Neuter of tad: “that.” From the demonstrative stem ta-. yaṣṭipraharaṇāyaṣṭipraharaṇā (यष्टिप्रहरणा)yaṣṭipraharaṇā is used as a grammatical form in this verse. dasyavodasyavo (दस्यवो)The core matches the root as, “to be.” loptrahāriṇaḥloptrahāriṇaḥ (लोप्त्रहारिणः)loptrahāriṇaḥ is used as a grammatical form in this verse. sahasraśosahasraśo (सहस्रशो)The core matches the root as, “to be.” 'bhyadhāvanta'bhyadhāvanta (ऽभ्यधावन्त)The core matches the root dhā, “to place.” taṃtaṃ (तं)Accusative masculine of tad: “him, that.” janaṃjanaṃ (जनं)The core matches the root jan, “to be born.” nihateśvaramnihateśvaram (निहतेश्वरम्)The core matches the root ram, “to rest, to delight.” ni- (“down, in”) + hateśvaram.
[5.38.18] that him
Word make-up
- tato (ततो)
- that
- Inflected from tat. Neuter of tad: “that.” From the demonstrative stem ta-.
- yaṣṭipraharaṇā (यष्टिप्रहरणा)
- yaṣṭipraharaṇā is used as a grammatical form in this verse.
- dasyavo (दस्यवो)
- The core matches the root as, “to be.”
- loptrahāriṇaḥ (लोप्त्रहारिणः)
- loptrahāriṇaḥ is used as a grammatical form in this verse.
- sahasraśo (सहस्रशो)
- The core matches the root as, “to be.”
- 'bhyadhāvanta (ऽभ्यधावन्त)
- The core matches the root dhā, “to place.”
- taṃ (तं)
- him
- Accusative masculine of tad: “him, that.”
- janaṃ (जनं)
- The core matches the root jan, “to be born.”
- nihateśvaram (निहतेश्वरम्)
- The core matches the root ram, “to rest, to delight.” ni- (“down, in”) + hateśvaram.
ततो निवृत्य कौन्तेयः प्राहाभीरान् हसन्न् इव निवर्तध्वम् अधर्मज्ञा यदि न स्थ मुमूर्षवः
tatotato (ततो)Inflected from tat. Neuter of tad: “that.” From the demonstrative stem ta-. nivṛtyanivṛtya (निवृत्य)The core matches the root vṛt, “to turn.” ni- (“down, in”) + vṛtya. kaunteyaḥkaunteyaḥ (कौन्तेयः)kaunteya: son of Kuntī. Patronym. prāhābhīrānprāhābhīrān (प्राहाभीरान्)The core matches the root bhī, “to fear.” hasannhasann (हसन्न्)The core matches the root as, “to be.” ivaiva (इव)Particle of comparison: “like, as if.” nivartadhvamnivartadhvam (निवर्तध्वम्)ni- (“down, in”) + vartadhvam. adharmajñāadharmajñā (अधर्मज्ञा)The core matches the root jñā, “to know.” a- (“not”) + dharmajñā. yadiyadi (यदि)ya- + di: “if.” nana (न)Negation: “not.” sthastha (स्थ)From sthā, “to stand.” Standing; one who stands. mumūrṣavaḥmumūrṣavaḥ (मुमूर्षवः)mumūrṣavaḥ is used as a grammatical form in this verse.
[5.38.19] that kaunteyaḥ like ni- (“down, in”) + vartadhvam if not standing
Word make-up
- tato (ततो)
- that
- Inflected from tat. Neuter of tad: “that.” From the demonstrative stem ta-.
- nivṛtya (निवृत्य)
- The core matches the root vṛt, “to turn.” ni- (“down, in”) + vṛtya.
- kaunteyaḥ (कौन्तेयः)
- Patronym
- kaunteya: son of Kuntī. Patronym.
- prāhābhīrān (प्राहाभीरान्)
- The core matches the root bhī, “to fear.”
- hasann (हसन्न्)
- The core matches the root as, “to be.”
- iva (इव)
- like
- Particle of comparison: “like, as if.”
- nivartadhvam (निवर्तध्वम्)
- ni- (“down, in”) + vartadhvam
- ni- (“down, in”) + vartadhvam.
- adharmajñā (अधर्मज्ञा)
- The core matches the root jñā, “to know.” a- (“not”) + dharmajñā.
- yadi (यदि)
- if
- ya- + di: “if.”
- na (न)
- not
- Negation: “not.”
- stha (स्थ)
- standing
- From sthā, “to stand.” Standing; one who stands.
- mumūrṣavaḥ (मुमूर्षवः)
- mumūrṣavaḥ is used as a grammatical form in this verse.
अवज्ञाय वचस् तस्य जगृहुस् ते तदा धनम् स्त्रीजनं चैव मैत्रेय विष्वक्सेनपरिग्रहम्
avajñāyaavajñāya (अवज्ञाय)The core matches the root jñā, “to know.” ava- (“down, off”) + jñāya. vacasvacas (वचस्)The core matches the root vac, “to speak.” tasyatasya (तस्य)Genitive of tad: “of that, his.” jagṛhusjagṛhus (जगृहुस्)The core matches the root hu, “to pour the offering.” tete (ते)Enclitic of yuṣmad (“your / to you”) or nominative plural of tad (“they”). Sense follows the verse. tadātadā (तदा)ta- + dā: “at that time, then.” dhanamdhanam (धनम्)The core matches the root nam, “to bow.” strījanaṃstrījanaṃ (स्त्रीजनं)The core matches the root jan, “to be born.” caivacaiva (चैव)caiva is used as a grammatical form in this verse. maitreyamaitreya (मैत्रेय)maitreya is used as a grammatical form in this verse. viṣvaksenaparigrahamviṣvaksenaparigraham (विष्वक्सेनपरिग्रहम्)The core matches the root grah, “to grasp.” vi- (“apart, asunder”) + ṣvaksenaparigraham.
[5.38.20] of that you then
Word make-up
- avajñāya (अवज्ञाय)
- The core matches the root jñā, “to know.” ava- (“down, off”) + jñāya.
- vacas (वचस्)
- The core matches the root vac, “to speak.”
- tasya (तस्य)
- of that
- Genitive of tad: “of that, his.”
- jagṛhus (जगृहुस्)
- The core matches the root hu, “to pour the offering.”
- te (ते)
- you
- Enclitic of yuṣmad (“your / to you”) or nominative plural of tad (“they”). Sense follows the verse.
- tadā (तदा)
- then
- ta- + dā: “at that time, then.”
- dhanam (धनम्)
- The core matches the root nam, “to bow.”
- strījanaṃ (स्त्रीजनं)
- The core matches the root jan, “to be born.”
- caiva (चैव)
- caiva is used as a grammatical form in this verse.
- maitreya (मैत्रेय)
- maitreya is used as a grammatical form in this verse.
- viṣvaksenaparigraham (विष्वक्सेनपरिग्रहम्)
- The core matches the root grah, “to grasp.” vi- (“apart, asunder”) + ṣvaksenaparigraham.
ततो ऽर्जुनो धनुर् दिव्यं गाण्डीवम् अजरं युधि आरोपयितुम् आरेभे न शशाक च वीर्यवान्
tatotato (ततो)Inflected from tat. Neuter of tad: “that.” From the demonstrative stem ta-. 'rjuno'rjuno (ऽर्जुनो)'rjuno is used as a grammatical form in this verse. dhanurdhanur (धनुर्)The core matches the root han, “to strike.” divyaṃdivyaṃ (दिव्यं)The core matches the root div, “to shine.” gāṇḍīvamgāṇḍīvam (गाण्डीवम्)Inflected from gāṇḍīva. Gāṇḍīva, Arjuna’s bow. ajaraṃajaraṃ (अजरं)a- (“not”) + jaraṃ. yudhiyudhi (युधि)From yudh, “to fight.” Fight; battle. yudhi is locative: in battle. āropayitumāropayitum (आरोपयितुम्)ā- (“unto, fully”) + ropayitum. ārebheārebhe (आरेभे)ā- (“unto, fully”) + rebhe. nana (न)Negation: “not.” śaśākaśaśāka (शशाक)śaśāka is used as a grammatical form in this verse. caca (च)Enclitic particle: “and, also.” vīryavānvīryavān (वीर्यवान्)vīryavān is used as a grammatical form in this verse.
[5.38.21] that Gāṇḍīva, Arjuna’s bow a- (“not”) + jaraṃ battle ā- (“unto, fully”) + ropayitum ā- (“unto, fully”) + rebhe not and
Word make-up
- tato (ततो)
- that
- Inflected from tat. Neuter of tad: “that.” From the demonstrative stem ta-.
- 'rjuno (ऽर्जुनो)
- 'rjuno is used as a grammatical form in this verse.
- dhanur (धनुर्)
- The core matches the root han, “to strike.”
- divyaṃ (दिव्यं)
- The core matches the root div, “to shine.”
- gāṇḍīvam (गाण्डीवम्)
- Gāṇḍīva, Arjuna’s bow
- Inflected from gāṇḍīva. Gāṇḍīva, Arjuna’s bow.
- ajaraṃ (अजरं)
- a- (“not”) + jaraṃ
- a- (“not”) + jaraṃ.
- yudhi (युधि)
- battle
- From yudh, “to fight.” Fight; battle. yudhi is locative: in battle.
- āropayitum (आरोपयितुम्)
- ā- (“unto, fully”) + ropayitum
- ā- (“unto, fully”) + ropayitum.
- ārebhe (आरेभे)
- ā- (“unto, fully”) + rebhe
- ā- (“unto, fully”) + rebhe.
- na (न)
- not
- Negation: “not.”
- śaśāka (शशाक)
- śaśāka is used as a grammatical form in this verse.
- ca (च)
- and
- Enclitic particle: “and, also.”
- vīryavān (वीर्यवान्)
- vīryavān is used as a grammatical form in this verse.
चकार सज्जं कृच्छ्राच् च तच् चाभूच् छिथिलं पुनः न सस्मार तथास्त्राणि चिन्तयन्न् अपि पाण्डवः
cakāracakāra (चकार)cakāra is used as a grammatical form in this verse. sajjaṃsajjaṃ (सज्जं)sajjaṃ is used as a grammatical form in this verse. kṛcchrāckṛcchrāc (कृच्छ्राच्)The core matches the root kṛ, “to do, to make.” caca (च)Enclitic particle: “and, also.” tactac (तच्)tac is used as a grammatical form in this verse. cābhūccābhūc (चाभूच्)The core matches the root bhū, “to be, to come to be.” chithilaṃchithilaṃ (छिथिलं)chithilaṃ is used as a grammatical form in this verse. punaḥpunaḥ (पुनः)Adverb: “again, back.” nana (न)Negation: “not.” sasmārasasmāra (सस्मार)The core matches the root mā, “to measure.” tathāstrāṇitathāstrāṇi (तथास्त्राणि)The core matches the root ās, “to sit.” cintayanncintayann (चिन्तयन्न्)The core matches the root cint, “to think.” apiapi (अपि)Particle: “also, even, though.” pāṇḍavaḥpāṇḍavaḥ (पाण्डवः)Descendants of Pāṇḍu (pāṇḍu “pale”). The pale-king’s sons.
[5.38.22] and again not also pāṇḍavaḥ
Word make-up
- cakāra (चकार)
- cakāra is used as a grammatical form in this verse.
- sajjaṃ (सज्जं)
- sajjaṃ is used as a grammatical form in this verse.
- kṛcchrāc (कृच्छ्राच्)
- The core matches the root kṛ, “to do, to make.”
- ca (च)
- and
- Enclitic particle: “and, also.”
- tac (तच्)
- tac is used as a grammatical form in this verse.
- cābhūc (चाभूच्)
- The core matches the root bhū, “to be, to come to be.”
- chithilaṃ (छिथिलं)
- chithilaṃ is used as a grammatical form in this verse.
- punaḥ (पुनः)
- again
- Adverb: “again, back.”
- na (न)
- not
- Negation: “not.”
- sasmāra (सस्मार)
- The core matches the root mā, “to measure.”
- tathāstrāṇi (तथास्त्राणि)
- The core matches the root ās, “to sit.”
- cintayann (चिन्तयन्न्)
- The core matches the root cint, “to think.”
- api (अपि)
- also
- Particle: “also, even, though.”
- pāṇḍavaḥ (पाण्डवः)
- The pale-king’s sons
- Descendants of Pāṇḍu (pāṇḍu “pale”). The pale-king’s sons.
शरान् मुमोच चैतेषु पार्थो वैरिष्व् अमर्षितः त्वग्भेदं ते परं चक्रुर् अस्ता गाण्डीवधन्वना
śarānśarān (शरान्)śarān is used as a grammatical form in this verse. mumocamumoca (मुमोच)mumoca is used as a grammatical form in this verse. caiteṣucaiteṣu (चैतेषु)caiteṣu is used as a grammatical form in this verse. pārthopārtho (पार्थो)Inflected from pārtha. pārtha: son of Pṛthā (Kuntī). A patronym, not a mystical title. vairiṣvvairiṣv (वैरिष्व्)The core matches the root iṣ, “to wish, to send.” amarṣitaḥamarṣitaḥ (अमर्षितः)a- (“not”) + marṣitaḥ. tvagbhedaṃtvagbhedaṃ (त्वग्भेदं)tvagbhedaṃ is used as a grammatical form in this verse. tete (ते)Enclitic of yuṣmad (“your / to you”) or nominative plural of tad (“they”). Sense follows the verse. paraṃparaṃ (परं)para: beyond, further, other. As a neuter noun often “what is beyond.” cakrurcakrur (चक्रुर्)cakrur is used as a grammatical form in this verse. astāastā (अस्ता)The core matches the root as, “to be.” a- (“not”) + stā. gāṇḍīvadhanvanāgāṇḍīvadhanvanā (गाण्डीवधन्वना)The core matches the root vad, “to say.”
[5.38.23] pārtho a- (“not”) + marṣitaḥ you beyond
Word make-up
- śarān (शरान्)
- śarān is used as a grammatical form in this verse.
- mumoca (मुमोच)
- mumoca is used as a grammatical form in this verse.
- caiteṣu (चैतेषु)
- caiteṣu is used as a grammatical form in this verse.
- pārtho (पार्थो)
- A patronym, not a mystical title
- Inflected from pārtha. pārtha: son of Pṛthā (Kuntī). A patronym, not a mystical title.
- vairiṣv (वैरिष्व्)
- The core matches the root iṣ, “to wish, to send.”
- amarṣitaḥ (अमर्षितः)
- a- (“not”) + marṣitaḥ
- a- (“not”) + marṣitaḥ.
- tvagbhedaṃ (त्वग्भेदं)
- tvagbhedaṃ is used as a grammatical form in this verse.
- te (ते)
- you
- Enclitic of yuṣmad (“your / to you”) or nominative plural of tad (“they”). Sense follows the verse.
- paraṃ (परं)
- beyond
- para: beyond, further, other. As a neuter noun often “what is beyond.”
- cakrur (चक्रुर्)
- cakrur is used as a grammatical form in this verse.
- astā (अस्ता)
- The core matches the root as, “to be.” a- (“not”) + stā.
- gāṇḍīvadhanvanā (गाण्डीवधन्वना)
- The core matches the root vad, “to say.”
वह्निना ये ऽक्षया दत्ताः शरास् ते ऽपि क्षयं ययुः युध्यतः सह गोपालैर् अर्जुनस्य भवक्षये
vahnināvahninā (वह्निना)The core matches the root vah, “to carry.” yeye (ये)Nominative plural of yad: “who, which.” Relative stem ya-. 'kṣayā'kṣayā (ऽक्षया)The core matches the root yā, “to go.” dattāḥdattāḥ (दत्ताः)dattāḥ is used as a grammatical form in this verse. śarāsśarās (शरास्)The core matches the root ās, “to sit.” tete (ते)Enclitic of yuṣmad (“your / to you”) or nominative plural of tad (“they”). Sense follows the verse. 'pi'pi (ऽपि)'pi is used as a grammatical form in this verse. kṣayaṃkṣayaṃ (क्षयं)kṣayaṃ is used as a grammatical form in this verse. yayuḥyayuḥ (ययुः)yayuḥ is used as a grammatical form in this verse. yudhyataḥyudhyataḥ (युध्यतः)The core matches the root yudh, “to fight.” sahasaha (सह)Indeclinable: “with, together.” gopālairgopālair (गोपालैर्)The core matches the root pā, “to protect / to drink.” arjunasyaarjunasya (अर्जुनस्य)Inflected from arjuna. arjuna: white, silvery, clear. From a root of brightness (raj/arg). The Pāṇḍava named for that brightness. Vocative arjuna: O Arjuna. bhavakṣayebhavakṣaye (भवक्षये)bhavakṣaye is used as a grammatical form in this verse.
[5.38.24] who you with arjunasya
Word make-up
- vahninā (वह्निना)
- The core matches the root vah, “to carry.”
- ye (ये)
- who
- Nominative plural of yad: “who, which.” Relative stem ya-.
- 'kṣayā (ऽक्षया)
- The core matches the root yā, “to go.”
- dattāḥ (दत्ताः)
- dattāḥ is used as a grammatical form in this verse.
- śarās (शरास्)
- The core matches the root ās, “to sit.”
- te (ते)
- you
- Enclitic of yuṣmad (“your / to you”) or nominative plural of tad (“they”). Sense follows the verse.
- 'pi (ऽपि)
- 'pi is used as a grammatical form in this verse.
- kṣayaṃ (क्षयं)
- kṣayaṃ is used as a grammatical form in this verse.
- yayuḥ (ययुः)
- yayuḥ is used as a grammatical form in this verse.
- yudhyataḥ (युध्यतः)
- The core matches the root yudh, “to fight.”
- saha (सह)
- with
- Indeclinable: “with, together.”
- gopālair (गोपालैर्)
- The core matches the root pā, “to protect / to drink.”
- arjunasya (अर्जुनस्य)
- Vocative arjuna: O Arjuna
- Inflected from arjuna. arjuna: white, silvery, clear. From a root of brightness (raj/arg). The Pāṇḍava named for that brightness. Vocative arjuna: O Arjuna.
- bhavakṣaye (भवक्षये)
- bhavakṣaye is used as a grammatical form in this verse.
अचिन्तयच् च कौन्तेयः कृष्णस्यैव हि तद् बलम् यन् मया शरसंघातैः सकला भूभृतो जिताः
acintayacacintayac (अचिन्तयच्)The core matches the root cint, “to think.” a- (“not”) + cintayac. caca (च)Enclitic particle: “and, also.” kaunteyaḥkaunteyaḥ (कौन्तेयः)kaunteya: son of Kuntī. Patronym. kṛṣṇasyaivakṛṣṇasyaiva (कृष्णस्यैव)The core matches the root kṛṣ, “to drag, to plough.” hihi (हि)Particle: “for, because, indeed” — marks a reason or emphasis. tadtad (तद्)Neuter of tad: “that.” From the demonstrative stem ta-. balambalam (बलम्)bala: strength, force (from bal, “to be strong”). yanyan (यन्)The core matches the root an, “to breathe.” mayāmayā (मया)Instrumental of asmad: “by me.” śarasaṃghātaiḥśarasaṃghātaiḥ (शरसंघातैः)The core matches the root as, “to be.” sakalāsakalā (सकला)sakalā is used as a grammatical form in this verse. bhūbhṛtobhūbhṛto (भूभृतो)The core matches the root bhṛ, “to bear.” jitāḥjitāḥ (जिताः)Inflected from jita. ji (“to conquer”); substantive: victory.
[5.38.25] and kaunteyaḥ for that strength by me victory
Word make-up
- acintayac (अचिन्तयच्)
- The core matches the root cint, “to think.” a- (“not”) + cintayac.
- ca (च)
- and
- Enclitic particle: “and, also.”
- kaunteyaḥ (कौन्तेयः)
- Patronym
- kaunteya: son of Kuntī. Patronym.
- kṛṣṇasyaiva (कृष्णस्यैव)
- The core matches the root kṛṣ, “to drag, to plough.”
- hi (हि)
- for
- Particle: “for, because, indeed” — marks a reason or emphasis.
- tad (तद्)
- that
- Neuter of tad: “that.” From the demonstrative stem ta-.
- balam (बलम्)
- strength
- bala: strength, force (from bal, “to be strong”).
- yan (यन्)
- The core matches the root an, “to breathe.”
- mayā (मया)
- by me
- Instrumental of asmad: “by me.”
- śarasaṃghātaiḥ (शरसंघातैः)
- The core matches the root as, “to be.”
- sakalā (सकला)
- sakalā is used as a grammatical form in this verse.
- bhūbhṛto (भूभृतो)
- The core matches the root bhṛ, “to bear.”
- jitāḥ (जिताः)
- victory
- Inflected from jita. ji (“to conquer”); substantive: victory.
मिषतः पाण्डुपुत्रस्य ततस् ताः प्रमदोत्तमाः आभीरैर् अपकृष्यन्त कामाच् चान्याः प्रवव्रजुः
miṣataḥmiṣataḥ (मिषतः)The core matches the root iṣ, “to wish, to send.” pāṇḍuputrasyapāṇḍuputrasya (पाण्डुपुत्रस्य)The core matches the root pā, “to protect / to drink.” tatastatas (ततस्)From tad + tas: “from that, then.” tāḥtāḥ (ताः)tāḥ is used as a grammatical form in this verse. pramadottamāḥpramadottamāḥ (प्रमदोत्तमाः)The core matches the root ram, “to rest, to delight.” pra- (“forth, forward”) + madottamāḥ. ābhīrairābhīrair (आभीरैर्)The core matches the root bhī, “to fear.” ā- (“unto, fully”) + bhīrair. apakṛṣyantaapakṛṣyanta (अपकृष्यन्त)The core matches the root kṛṣ, “to drag, to plough.” apa- (“away”) + kṛṣyanta. kāmāckāmāc (कामाच्)The core matches the root mā, “to measure.” cānyāḥcānyāḥ (चान्याः)The core matches the root yā, “to go.” pravavrajuḥpravavrajuḥ (प्रवव्रजुः)pra- (“forth, forward”) + vavrajuḥ.
[5.38.26] then pra- (“forth, forward”) + vavrajuḥ
Word make-up
- miṣataḥ (मिषतः)
- The core matches the root iṣ, “to wish, to send.”
- pāṇḍuputrasya (पाण्डुपुत्रस्य)
- The core matches the root pā, “to protect / to drink.”
- tatas (ततस्)
- then
- From tad + tas: “from that, then.”
- tāḥ (ताः)
- tāḥ is used as a grammatical form in this verse.
- pramadottamāḥ (प्रमदोत्तमाः)
- The core matches the root ram, “to rest, to delight.” pra- (“forth, forward”) + madottamāḥ.
- ābhīrair (आभीरैर्)
- The core matches the root bhī, “to fear.” ā- (“unto, fully”) + bhīrair.
- apakṛṣyanta (अपकृष्यन्त)
- The core matches the root kṛṣ, “to drag, to plough.” apa- (“away”) + kṛṣyanta.
- kāmāc (कामाच्)
- The core matches the root mā, “to measure.”
- cānyāḥ (चान्याः)
- The core matches the root yā, “to go.”
- pravavrajuḥ (प्रवव्रजुः)
- pra- (“forth, forward”) + vavrajuḥ
- pra- (“forth, forward”) + vavrajuḥ.
ततः शरेषु क्षीणेषु धनुष्कोट्या धनंजयः जघान दस्यूंस् ते चास्य प्रहाराञ् जहसुर् मुने
tataḥtataḥ (ततः)From tad + tas: “from that, then.” śareṣuśareṣu (शरेषु)śareṣu is used as a grammatical form in this verse. kṣīṇeṣukṣīṇeṣu (क्षीणेषु)kṣīṇeṣu is used as a grammatical form in this verse. dhanuṣkoṭyādhanuṣkoṭyā (धनुष्कोट्या)The core matches the root han, “to strike.” dhanaṃjayaḥdhanaṃjayaḥ (धनंजयः)The core matches the root han, “to strike.” jaghānajaghāna (जघान)jaghāna is used as a grammatical form in this verse. dasyūṃsdasyūṃs (दस्यूंस्)The core matches the root as, “to be.” tete (ते)Enclitic of yuṣmad (“your / to you”) or nominative plural of tad (“they”). Sense follows the verse. cāsyacāsya (चास्य)The core matches the root ās, “to sit.” prahārāñprahārāñ (प्रहाराञ्)pra- (“forth, forward”) + hārāñ. jahasurjahasur (जहसुर्)The core matches the root as, “to be.” munemune (मुने)mune is used as a grammatical form in this verse.
[5.38.27] then you pra- (“forth, forward”) + hārāñ
Word make-up
- tataḥ (ततः)
- then
- From tad + tas: “from that, then.”
- śareṣu (शरेषु)
- śareṣu is used as a grammatical form in this verse.
- kṣīṇeṣu (क्षीणेषु)
- kṣīṇeṣu is used as a grammatical form in this verse.
- dhanuṣkoṭyā (धनुष्कोट्या)
- The core matches the root han, “to strike.”
- dhanaṃjayaḥ (धनंजयः)
- The core matches the root han, “to strike.”
- jaghāna (जघान)
- jaghāna is used as a grammatical form in this verse.
- dasyūṃs (दस्यूंस्)
- The core matches the root as, “to be.”
- te (ते)
- you
- Enclitic of yuṣmad (“your / to you”) or nominative plural of tad (“they”). Sense follows the verse.
- cāsya (चास्य)
- The core matches the root ās, “to sit.”
- prahārāñ (प्रहाराञ्)
- pra- (“forth, forward”) + hārāñ
- pra- (“forth, forward”) + hārāñ.
- jahasur (जहसुर्)
- The core matches the root as, “to be.”
- mune (मुने)
- mune is used as a grammatical form in this verse.
प्रेक्षतश् चैव पार्थस्य वृष्ण्यन्धकवरस्त्रियः जग्मुर् आदाय ते म्लेच्छाः समस्ता मुनिसत्तम
prekṣataśprekṣataś (प्रेक्षतश्)prekṣataś is used as a grammatical form in this verse. caivacaiva (चैव)caiva is used as a grammatical form in this verse. pārthasyapārthasya (पार्थस्य)Inflected from pārtha. pārtha: son of Pṛthā (Kuntī). A patronym, not a mystical title. vṛṣṇyandhakavarastriyaḥvṛṣṇyandhakavarastriyaḥ (वृष्ण्यन्धकवरस्त्रियः)The core matches the root vṛ, “to cover / to choose.” jagmurjagmur (जग्मुर्)jagmur is used as a grammatical form in this verse. ādāyaādāya (आदाय)The core matches the root dā, “to give.” ā- (“unto, fully”) + dāya. tete (ते)Enclitic of yuṣmad (“your / to you”) or nominative plural of tad (“they”). Sense follows the verse. mlecchāḥmlecchāḥ (म्लेच्छाः)mlecchāḥ is used as a grammatical form in this verse. samastāsamastā (समस्ता)The core matches the root as, “to be.” sam- (“together”) + astā. munisattamamunisattama (मुनिसत्तम)munisattama is used as a grammatical form in this verse.
[5.38.28] pārthasya you
Word make-up
- prekṣataś (प्रेक्षतश्)
- prekṣataś is used as a grammatical form in this verse.
- caiva (चैव)
- caiva is used as a grammatical form in this verse.
- pārthasya (पार्थस्य)
- A patronym, not a mystical title
- Inflected from pārtha. pārtha: son of Pṛthā (Kuntī). A patronym, not a mystical title.
- vṛṣṇyandhakavarastriyaḥ (वृष्ण्यन्धकवरस्त्रियः)
- The core matches the root vṛ, “to cover / to choose.”
- jagmur (जग्मुर्)
- jagmur is used as a grammatical form in this verse.
- ādāya (आदाय)
- The core matches the root dā, “to give.” ā- (“unto, fully”) + dāya.
- te (ते)
- you
- Enclitic of yuṣmad (“your / to you”) or nominative plural of tad (“they”). Sense follows the verse.
- mlecchāḥ (म्लेच्छाः)
- mlecchāḥ is used as a grammatical form in this verse.
- samastā (समस्ता)
- The core matches the root as, “to be.” sam- (“together”) + astā.
- munisattama (मुनिसत्तम)
- munisattama is used as a grammatical form in this verse.
ततः सुदुःखितो जिष्णुः कष्टं कष्टम् इति ब्रुवन् अहो भगवता तेन मुक्तो ऽस्मीति रुरोद वै
tataḥtataḥ (ततः)From tad + tas: “from that, then.” suduḥkhitosuduḥkhito (सुदुःखितो)su- (“well, good”) + duḥkhito. jiṣṇuḥjiṣṇuḥ (जिष्णुः)The core matches the root ji, “to conquer.” kaṣṭaṃkaṣṭaṃ (कष्टं)kaṣṭaṃ is used as a grammatical form in this verse. kaṣṭamkaṣṭam (कष्टम्)kaṣṭam is used as a grammatical form in this verse. itiiti (इति)Quotative particle: “thus” — closes speech or thought. bruvanbruvan (ब्रुवन्)The core matches the root an, “to breathe.” ahoaho (अहो)aho is used as a grammatical form in this verse. bhagavatābhagavatā (भगवता)Inflected from bhagavat. bhaga (“share, portion, majesty,” from bhaj “to share”) + -vant “possessing.” One who has the share of majesty. The Lord as the one possessed of majesty, not a first name. tenatena (तेन)Instrumental of tad: “by that.” muktomukto (मुक्तो)mukto is used as a grammatical form in this verse. 'smīti'smīti (ऽस्मीति)'smīti is used as a grammatical form in this verse. rurodaruroda (रुरोद)ruroda is used as a grammatical form in this verse. vaivai (वै)Particle of emphasis: “indeed.”
[5.38.29] then su- (“well, good”) + duḥkhito thus the Lord by that indeed
Word make-up
- tataḥ (ततः)
- then
- From tad + tas: “from that, then.”
- suduḥkhito (सुदुःखितो)
- su- (“well, good”) + duḥkhito
- su- (“well, good”) + duḥkhito.
- jiṣṇuḥ (जिष्णुः)
- The core matches the root ji, “to conquer.”
- kaṣṭaṃ (कष्टं)
- kaṣṭaṃ is used as a grammatical form in this verse.
- kaṣṭam (कष्टम्)
- kaṣṭam is used as a grammatical form in this verse.
- iti (इति)
- thus
- Quotative particle: “thus” — closes speech or thought.
- bruvan (ब्रुवन्)
- The core matches the root an, “to breathe.”
- aho (अहो)
- aho is used as a grammatical form in this verse.
- bhagavatā (भगवता)
- the Lord
- Inflected from bhagavat. bhaga (“share, portion, majesty,” from bhaj “to share”) + -vant “possessing.” One who has the share of majesty. The Lord as the one possessed of majesty, not a first name.
- tena (तेन)
- by that
- Instrumental of tad: “by that.”
- mukto (मुक्तो)
- mukto is used as a grammatical form in this verse.
- 'smīti (ऽस्मीति)
- 'smīti is used as a grammatical form in this verse.
- ruroda (रुरोद)
- ruroda is used as a grammatical form in this verse.
- vai (वै)
- indeed
- Particle of emphasis: “indeed.”
तद् धनुस् तानि शस्त्राणि स रथस् ते च वाजिनः सर्वम् एकपदे नष्टं दानम् अश्रोत्रिये यथा
tadtad (तद्)Neuter of tad: “that.” From the demonstrative stem ta-. dhanusdhanus (धनुस्)dhanus: bow. cāpa also bow. tānitāni (तानि)Inflected from tān. Accusative plural of tad: “them.” śastrāṇiśastrāṇi (शस्त्राणि)From śas, “to cut.” A cutting-weapon. sasa (स)Nominative singular masculine of tad: “he, that one.” rathasrathas (रथस्)ratha: chariot, the going-vehicle (from ram/ṛ “to go”). tete (ते)Enclitic of yuṣmad (“your / to you”) or nominative plural of tad (“they”). Sense follows the verse. caca (च)Enclitic particle: “and, also.” vājinaḥvājinaḥ (वाजिनः)The core matches the root ji, “to conquer.” sarvamsarvam (सर्वम्)sarva: whole, all. The entire, not a leftover. ekapadeekapade (एकपदे)The core matches the root pad, “to go, to fall.” naṣṭaṃnaṣṭaṃ (नष्टं)naṣṭaṃ is used as a grammatical form in this verse. dānamdānam (दानम्)From dā, “to give.” Giving; the gift. aśrotriyeaśrotriye (अश्रोत्रिये)a- (“not”) + śrotriye. yathāyathā (यथा)ya- + thā: “in which way, as.”
[5.38.30] that bow them cutting-weapon he chariot you and all giving a- (“not”) + śrotriye as
Word make-up
- tad (तद्)
- that
- Neuter of tad: “that.” From the demonstrative stem ta-.
- dhanus (धनुस्)
- bow
- dhanus: bow. cāpa also bow.
- tāni (तानि)
- them
- Inflected from tān. Accusative plural of tad: “them.”
- śastrāṇi (शस्त्राणि)
- cutting-weapon
- From śas, “to cut.” A cutting-weapon.
- sa (स)
- he
- Nominative singular masculine of tad: “he, that one.”
- rathas (रथस्)
- chariot
- ratha: chariot, the going-vehicle (from ram/ṛ “to go”).
- te (ते)
- you
- Enclitic of yuṣmad (“your / to you”) or nominative plural of tad (“they”). Sense follows the verse.
- ca (च)
- and
- Enclitic particle: “and, also.”
- vājinaḥ (वाजिनः)
- The core matches the root ji, “to conquer.”
- sarvam (सर्वम्)
- all
- sarva: whole, all. The entire, not a leftover.
- ekapade (एकपदे)
- The core matches the root pad, “to go, to fall.”
- naṣṭaṃ (नष्टं)
- naṣṭaṃ is used as a grammatical form in this verse.
- dānam (दानम्)
- giving
- From dā, “to give.” Giving; the gift.
- aśrotriye (अश्रोत्रिये)
- a- (“not”) + śrotriye
- a- (“not”) + śrotriye.
- yathā (यथा)
- as
- ya- + thā: “in which way, as.”
अहो ऽतिबलवद् दैवं विना तेन महात्मना यद् असामर्थ्ययुक्ते ऽपि नीचवर्गे जयप्रदम्
ahoaho (अहो)aho is used as a grammatical form in this verse. 'tibalavad'tibalavad (ऽतिबलवद्)The core matches the root vad, “to say.” daivaṃdaivaṃ (दैवं)daivaṃ is used as a grammatical form in this verse. vināvinā (विना)Indeclinable: “without.” tenatena (तेन)Instrumental of tad: “by that.” mahātmanāmahātmanā (महात्मना)The core matches the root man, “to think.” yadyad (यद्)Neuter of yad: “which, what, that.” Relative stem ya-. asāmarthyayukteasāmarthyayukte (असामर्थ्ययुक्ते)The core matches the root as, “to be.” a- (“not”) + sāmarthyayukte. 'pi'pi (ऽपि)'pi is used as a grammatical form in this verse. nīcavargenīcavarge (नीचवर्गे)The core matches the root nī, “to lead.” jayapradamjayapradam (जयप्रदम्)The core matches the root dam, “to tame.”
[5.38.31] without by that which
Word make-up
- aho (अहो)
- aho is used as a grammatical form in this verse.
- 'tibalavad (ऽतिबलवद्)
- The core matches the root vad, “to say.”
- daivaṃ (दैवं)
- daivaṃ is used as a grammatical form in this verse.
- vinā (विना)
- without
- Indeclinable: “without.”
- tena (तेन)
- by that
- Instrumental of tad: “by that.”
- mahātmanā (महात्मना)
- The core matches the root man, “to think.”
- yad (यद्)
- which
- Neuter of yad: “which, what, that.” Relative stem ya-.
- asāmarthyayukte (असामर्थ्ययुक्ते)
- The core matches the root as, “to be.” a- (“not”) + sāmarthyayukte.
- 'pi (ऽपि)
- 'pi is used as a grammatical form in this verse.
- nīcavarge (नीचवर्गे)
- The core matches the root nī, “to lead.”
- jayapradam (जयप्रदम्)
- The core matches the root dam, “to tame.”
तौ बाहू स च मे मुष्टिः स्थानं तत् सो ऽस्मि चार्जुनः पुण्येनैव विना तेन गतं सर्वम् असारताम्
tautau (तौ)tau is used as a grammatical form in this verse. bāhūbāhū (बाहू)bāhū is used as a grammatical form in this verse. sasa (स)Nominative singular masculine of tad: “he, that one.” caca (च)Enclitic particle: “and, also.” meme (मे)Enclitic of asmad: “my / to me / by me,” from the stem asmad “I.” muṣṭiḥmuṣṭiḥ (मुष्टिः)muṣṭiḥ is used as a grammatical form in this verse. sthānaṃsthānaṃ (स्थानं)From sthā, “to stand.” Standing-place; stood; having stood; stands. tattat (तत्)Neuter of tad: “that.” From the demonstrative stem ta-. soso (सो)so is used as a grammatical form in this verse. 'smi'smi (ऽस्मि)'smi is used as a grammatical form in this verse. cārjunaḥcārjunaḥ (चार्जुनः)cārjunaḥ is used as a grammatical form in this verse. puṇyenaivapuṇyenaiva (पुण्येनैव)puṇyenaiva is used as a grammatical form in this verse. vināvinā (विना)Indeclinable: “without.” tenatena (तेन)Instrumental of tad: “by that.” gataṃgataṃ (गतं)From gam / yā, “to go.” Goes; they go; having gone; gone; he goes. sarvamsarvam (सर्वम्)sarva: whole, all. The entire, not a leftover. asāratāmasāratām (असारताम्)The core matches the root as, “to be.” a- (“not”) + sāratām.
[5.38.32] he and my standing that without by that going all
Word make-up
- tau (तौ)
- tau is used as a grammatical form in this verse.
- bāhū (बाहू)
- bāhū is used as a grammatical form in this verse.
- sa (स)
- he
- Nominative singular masculine of tad: “he, that one.”
- ca (च)
- and
- Enclitic particle: “and, also.”
- me (मे)
- my
- Enclitic of asmad: “my / to me / by me,” from the stem asmad “I.”
- muṣṭiḥ (मुष्टिः)
- muṣṭiḥ is used as a grammatical form in this verse.
- sthānaṃ (स्थानं)
- standing
- From sthā, “to stand.” Standing-place; stood; having stood; stands.
- tat (तत्)
- that
- Neuter of tad: “that.” From the demonstrative stem ta-.
- so (सो)
- so is used as a grammatical form in this verse.
- 'smi (ऽस्मि)
- 'smi is used as a grammatical form in this verse.
- cārjunaḥ (चार्जुनः)
- cārjunaḥ is used as a grammatical form in this verse.
- puṇyenaiva (पुण्येनैव)
- puṇyenaiva is used as a grammatical form in this verse.
- vinā (विना)
- without
- Indeclinable: “without.”
- tena (तेन)
- by that
- Instrumental of tad: “by that.”
- gataṃ (गतं)
- going
- From gam / yā, “to go.” Goes; they go; having gone; gone; he goes.
- sarvam (सर्वम्)
- all
- sarva: whole, all. The entire, not a leftover.
- asāratām (असारताम्)
- The core matches the root as, “to be.” a- (“not”) + sāratām.
ममार्जुनत्वं भीमस्य भीमत्वं तत् कृतं ध्रुवम् विना तेन यद् आभीरैर् जितो ऽहं कथम् अन्यथा
mamārjunatvaṃmamārjunatvaṃ (ममार्जुनत्वं)The core matches the root mā, “to measure.” bhīmasyabhīmasya (भीमस्य)Inflected from bhīma. From bhī, “to fear.” The fearful, the terrible. The Pāṇḍava Bhīma. bhīmatvaṃbhīmatvaṃ (भीमत्वं)The core matches the root bhī, “to fear.” tattat (तत्)Neuter of tad: “that.” From the demonstrative stem ta-. kṛtaṃkṛtaṃ (कृतं)The core matches the root kṛ, “to do, to make.” dhruvamdhruvam (ध्रुवम्)dhruvam is used as a grammatical form in this verse. vināvinā (विना)Indeclinable: “without.” tenatena (तेन)Instrumental of tad: “by that.” yadyad (यद्)Neuter of yad: “which, what, that.” Relative stem ya-. ābhīrairābhīrair (आभीरैर्)The core matches the root bhī, “to fear.” ā- (“unto, fully”) + bhīrair. jitojito (जितो)Inflected from jita. ji (“to conquer”); substantive: victory. 'haṃ'haṃ (ऽहं)'haṃ is used as a grammatical form in this verse. kathamkatham (कथम्)ka- + tham: “how?” anyathāanyathā (अन्यथा)anya + thā: “otherwise.”
[5.38.33] bhīmasya that without by that which victory how otherwise
Word make-up
- mamārjunatvaṃ (ममार्जुनत्वं)
- The core matches the root mā, “to measure.”
- bhīmasya (भीमस्य)
- The Pāṇḍava Bhīma
- Inflected from bhīma. From bhī, “to fear.” The fearful, the terrible. The Pāṇḍava Bhīma.
- bhīmatvaṃ (भीमत्वं)
- The core matches the root bhī, “to fear.”
- tat (तत्)
- that
- Neuter of tad: “that.” From the demonstrative stem ta-.
- kṛtaṃ (कृतं)
- The core matches the root kṛ, “to do, to make.”
- dhruvam (ध्रुवम्)
- dhruvam is used as a grammatical form in this verse.
- vinā (विना)
- without
- Indeclinable: “without.”
- tena (तेन)
- by that
- Instrumental of tad: “by that.”
- yad (यद्)
- which
- Neuter of yad: “which, what, that.” Relative stem ya-.
- ābhīrair (आभीरैर्)
- The core matches the root bhī, “to fear.” ā- (“unto, fully”) + bhīrair.
- jito (जितो)
- victory
- Inflected from jita. ji (“to conquer”); substantive: victory.
- 'haṃ (ऽहं)
- 'haṃ is used as a grammatical form in this verse.
- katham (कथम्)
- how
- ka- + tham: “how?”
- anyathā (अन्यथा)
- otherwise
- anya + thā: “otherwise.”
इत्थं वदन् ययौ जिष्णुर् मथुराख्यं पुरोत्तमम् चकार तत्र राजानं वज्रं यादवनन्दनम्
itthaṃitthaṃ (इत्थं)itthaṃ is used as a grammatical form in this verse. vadanvadan (वदन्)The core matches the root vad, “to say.” yayauyayau (ययौ)yayau is used as a grammatical form in this verse. jiṣṇurjiṣṇur (जिष्णुर्)The core matches the root ji, “to conquer.” mathurākhyaṃmathurākhyaṃ (मथुराख्यं)The core matches the root hu, “to pour the offering.” purottamampurottamam (पुरोत्तमम्)purottamam is used as a grammatical form in this verse. cakāracakāra (चकार)cakāra is used as a grammatical form in this verse. tatratatra (तत्र)ta- + tra: “in that place, there.” rājānaṃrājānaṃ (राजानं)From rāj, “to shine, to rule.” The shining ruler; a king. vajraṃvajraṃ (वज्रं)vajraṃ is used as a grammatical form in this verse. yādavanandanamyādavanandanam (यादवनन्दनम्)The core matches the root nand, “to rejoice.”
[5.38.34] there king
Word make-up
- itthaṃ (इत्थं)
- itthaṃ is used as a grammatical form in this verse.
- vadan (वदन्)
- The core matches the root vad, “to say.”
- yayau (ययौ)
- yayau is used as a grammatical form in this verse.
- jiṣṇur (जिष्णुर्)
- The core matches the root ji, “to conquer.”
- mathurākhyaṃ (मथुराख्यं)
- The core matches the root hu, “to pour the offering.”
- purottamam (पुरोत्तमम्)
- purottamam is used as a grammatical form in this verse.
- cakāra (चकार)
- cakāra is used as a grammatical form in this verse.
- tatra (तत्र)
- there
- ta- + tra: “in that place, there.”
- rājānaṃ (राजानं)
- king
- From rāj, “to shine, to rule.” The shining ruler; a king.
- vajraṃ (वज्रं)
- vajraṃ is used as a grammatical form in this verse.
- yādavanandanam (यादवनन्दनम्)
- The core matches the root nand, “to rejoice.”
स ददर्श ततो व्यासं फाल्गुनः काननाश्रयम् तम् उपेत्य महाभागं विनयेनाभ्यवादयत्
sasa (स)Nominative singular masculine of tad: “he, that one.” dadarśadadarśa (ददर्श)dadarśa is used as a grammatical form in this verse. tatotato (ततो)Inflected from tat. Neuter of tad: “that.” From the demonstrative stem ta-. vyāsaṃvyāsaṃ (व्यासं)Inflected from vyāsa. vi-as, “to throw apart”: the arranger, the divider (of the Veda). The sage Vyāsa. phālgunaḥphālgunaḥ (फाल्गुनः)phālgunaḥ is used as a grammatical form in this verse. kānanāśrayamkānanāśrayam (काननाश्रयम्)The core matches the root an, “to breathe.” tamtam (तम्)Accusative masculine of tad: “him, that.” upetyaupetya (उपेत्य)upetya is used as a grammatical form in this verse. mahābhāgaṃmahābhāgaṃ (महाभागं)mahābhāgaṃ is used as a grammatical form in this verse. vinayenābhyavādayatvinayenābhyavādayat (विनयेनाभ्यवादयत्)vi- (“apart, asunder”) + nayenābhyavādayat.
[5.38.35] he that The sage Vyāsa him vi- (“apart, asunder”) + nayenābhyavādayat
Word make-up
- sa (स)
- he
- Nominative singular masculine of tad: “he, that one.”
- dadarśa (ददर्श)
- dadarśa is used as a grammatical form in this verse.
- tato (ततो)
- that
- Inflected from tat. Neuter of tad: “that.” From the demonstrative stem ta-.
- vyāsaṃ (व्यासं)
- The sage Vyāsa
- Inflected from vyāsa. vi-as, “to throw apart”: the arranger, the divider (of the Veda). The sage Vyāsa.
- phālgunaḥ (फाल्गुनः)
- phālgunaḥ is used as a grammatical form in this verse.
- kānanāśrayam (काननाश्रयम्)
- The core matches the root an, “to breathe.”
- tam (तम्)
- him
- Accusative masculine of tad: “him, that.”
- upetya (उपेत्य)
- upetya is used as a grammatical form in this verse.
- mahābhāgaṃ (महाभागं)
- mahābhāgaṃ is used as a grammatical form in this verse.
- vinayenābhyavādayat (विनयेनाभ्यवादयत्)
- vi- (“apart, asunder”) + nayenābhyavādayat
- vi- (“apart, asunder”) + nayenābhyavādayat.
तं वन्दमानं चरणाव् अवलोक्य मुनिश् चिरम् उवाच पार्थं विच्छायः कथम् अत्यन्तम् ईदृशः
taṃtaṃ (तं)Accusative masculine of tad: “him, that.” vandamānaṃvandamānaṃ (वन्दमानं)The core matches the root dam, “to tame.” caraṇāvcaraṇāv (चरणाव्)The core matches the root car, “to move.” avalokyaavalokya (अवलोक्य)The core matches the root lok, “to see, to shine.” ava- (“down, off”) + lokya. muniśmuniś (मुनिश्)muniś is used as a grammatical form in this verse. ciramciram (चिरम्)The core matches the root ram, “to rest, to delight.” uvācauvāca (उवाच)Perfect of vac, “to speak.” He said. pārthaṃpārthaṃ (पार्थं)Inflected from pārtha. pārtha: son of Pṛthā (Kuntī). A patronym, not a mystical title. vicchāyaḥvicchāyaḥ (विच्छायः)vi- (“apart, asunder”) + cchāyaḥ. kathamkatham (कथम्)ka- + tham: “how?” atyantamatyantam (अत्यन्तम्)The core matches the root an, “to breathe.” a- (“not”) + tyantam. īdṛśaḥīdṛśaḥ (ईदृशः)The core matches the root dṛś, “to see.”
[5.38.36] him said pārthaṃ vi- (“apart, asunder”) + cchāyaḥ how
Word make-up
- taṃ (तं)
- him
- Accusative masculine of tad: “him, that.”
- vandamānaṃ (वन्दमानं)
- The core matches the root dam, “to tame.”
- caraṇāv (चरणाव्)
- The core matches the root car, “to move.”
- avalokya (अवलोक्य)
- The core matches the root lok, “to see, to shine.” ava- (“down, off”) + lokya.
- muniś (मुनिश्)
- muniś is used as a grammatical form in this verse.
- ciram (चिरम्)
- The core matches the root ram, “to rest, to delight.”
- uvāca (उवाच)
- said
- Perfect of vac, “to speak.” He said.
- pārthaṃ (पार्थं)
- A patronym, not a mystical title
- Inflected from pārtha. pārtha: son of Pṛthā (Kuntī). A patronym, not a mystical title.
- vicchāyaḥ (विच्छायः)
- vi- (“apart, asunder”) + cchāyaḥ
- vi- (“apart, asunder”) + cchāyaḥ.
- katham (कथम्)
- how
- ka- + tham: “how?”
- atyantam (अत्यन्तम्)
- The core matches the root an, “to breathe.” a- (“not”) + tyantam.
- īdṛśaḥ (ईदृशः)
- The core matches the root dṛś, “to see.”
अवीरजोऽनुगमनं ब्रह्महत्याथवा कृता दृढाशाभङ्गदुःखीव भ्रष्टच्छायो ऽसि साम्प्रतम्
avīrajo'nugamanaṃavīrajo'nugamanaṃ (अवीरजोऽनुगमनं)The core matches the root man, “to think.” a- (“not”) + vīrajo'nugamanaṃ. brahmahatyāthavābrahmahatyāthavā (ब्रह्महत्याथवा)The core matches the root yā, “to go.” kṛtākṛtā (कृता)The core matches the root kṛ, “to do, to make.” dṛḍhāśābhaṅgaduḥkhīvadṛḍhāśābhaṅgaduḥkhīva (दृढाशाभङ्गदुःखीव)dṛḍhāśābhaṅgaduḥkhīva is used as a grammatical form in this verse. bhraṣṭacchāyobhraṣṭacchāyo (भ्रष्टच्छायो)bhraṣṭacchāyo is used as a grammatical form in this verse. 'si'si (ऽसि)'si is used as a grammatical form in this verse. sāmpratamsāmpratam (साम्प्रतम्)sāmpratam is used as a grammatical form in this verse.
[5.38.37]
Word make-up
- avīrajo'nugamanaṃ (अवीरजोऽनुगमनं)
- The core matches the root man, “to think.” a- (“not”) + vīrajo'nugamanaṃ.
- brahmahatyāthavā (ब्रह्महत्याथवा)
- The core matches the root yā, “to go.”
- kṛtā (कृता)
- The core matches the root kṛ, “to do, to make.”
- dṛḍhāśābhaṅgaduḥkhīva (दृढाशाभङ्गदुःखीव)
- dṛḍhāśābhaṅgaduḥkhīva is used as a grammatical form in this verse.
- bhraṣṭacchāyo (भ्रष्टच्छायो)
- bhraṣṭacchāyo is used as a grammatical form in this verse.
- 'si (ऽसि)
- 'si is used as a grammatical form in this verse.
- sāmpratam (साम्प्रतम्)
- sāmpratam is used as a grammatical form in this verse.
उर्ज्जे दत्तं नैव कृष्णे च पक्षे दुर्वर्णं वा अन्नगोधूममिश्रम् विष्णुं नत्वा सर्वकामप्रदं भो तेनेदं ते रूपम् ईदृग् विभाति
urjjeurjje (उर्ज्जे)urjje is used as a grammatical form in this verse. dattaṃdattaṃ (दत्तं)From dā, “to give.” Gives; having given; given. naivanaiva (नैव)na “not” + eva “just.” kṛṣṇekṛṣṇe (कृष्णे)Inflected from kṛṣṇa. kṛṣṇa: dark, black. From kṛṣ, “to draw, to drag,” or as the dark colour. The dark one. Vocative: O Kṛṣṇa. caca (च)Enclitic particle: “and, also.” pakṣepakṣe (पक्षे)pakṣe is used as a grammatical form in this verse. durvarṇaṃdurvarṇaṃ (दुर्वर्णं)dur- (“ill, hard”) joined to varṇaṃ. From vṛ, “to cover, to choose.” Colour, covering, then class as a covering-name. Together the form means dur + that sense. vāvā (वा)Particle: “or.” annagodhūmamiśramannagodhūmamiśram (अन्नगोधूममिश्रम्)The core matches the root ram, “to rest, to delight.” a- (“not”) + nnagodhūmamiśram. viṣṇuṃviṣṇuṃ (विष्णुं)Inflected from viṣṇu. From viṣ, “to be active, to pervade.” The pervading one. natvānatvā (नत्वा)From nam, “to bow.” Bows; having bowed. sarvakāmapradaṃsarvakāmapradaṃ (सर्वकामप्रदं)sarvakāmapradaṃ is used as a grammatical form in this verse. bhobho (भो)bho is used as a grammatical form in this verse. tenedaṃtenedaṃ (तेनेदं)tenedaṃ is used as a grammatical form in this verse. tete (ते)Enclitic of yuṣmad (“your / to you”) or nominative plural of tad (“they”). Sense follows the verse. rūpamrūpam (रूपम्)rūpa: form, outward shape (what is seen). Not “beauty” first. īdṛgīdṛg (ईदृग्)īdṛg is used as a grammatical form in this verse. vibhātivibhāti (विभाति)vi- (“apart, asunder”) + bhāti.
[5.38.37.86] gives not at all Vocative: O Kṛṣṇa and colour-class or The pervading one bows you form vi- (“apart, asunder”) + bhāti
Word make-up
- urjje (उर्ज्जे)
- urjje is used as a grammatical form in this verse.
- dattaṃ (दत्तं)
- gives
- From dā, “to give.” Gives; having given; given.
- naiva (नैव)
- not at all
- na “not” + eva “just.”
- kṛṣṇe (कृष्णे)
- Vocative: O Kṛṣṇa
- Inflected from kṛṣṇa. kṛṣṇa: dark, black. From kṛṣ, “to draw, to drag,” or as the dark colour. The dark one. Vocative: O Kṛṣṇa.
- ca (च)
- and
- Enclitic particle: “and, also.”
- pakṣe (पक्षे)
- pakṣe is used as a grammatical form in this verse.
- durvarṇaṃ (दुर्वर्णं)
- colour-class
- dur- (“ill, hard”) joined to varṇaṃ. From vṛ, “to cover, to choose.” Colour, covering, then class as a covering-name. Together the form means dur + that sense.
- vā (वा)
- or
- Particle: “or.”
- annagodhūmamiśram (अन्नगोधूममिश्रम्)
- The core matches the root ram, “to rest, to delight.” a- (“not”) + nnagodhūmamiśram.
- viṣṇuṃ (विष्णुं)
- The pervading one
- Inflected from viṣṇu. From viṣ, “to be active, to pervade.” The pervading one.
- natvā (नत्वा)
- bows
- From nam, “to bow.” Bows; having bowed.
- sarvakāmapradaṃ (सर्वकामप्रदं)
- sarvakāmapradaṃ is used as a grammatical form in this verse.
- bho (भो)
- bho is used as a grammatical form in this verse.
- tenedaṃ (तेनेदं)
- tenedaṃ is used as a grammatical form in this verse.
- te (ते)
- you
- Enclitic of yuṣmad (“your / to you”) or nominative plural of tad (“they”). Sense follows the verse.
- rūpam (रूपम्)
- form
- rūpa: form, outward shape (what is seen). Not “beauty” first.
- īdṛg (ईदृग्)
- īdṛg is used as a grammatical form in this verse.
- vibhāti (विभाति)
- vi- (“apart, asunder”) + bhāti
- vi- (“apart, asunder”) + bhāti.
सान्तानिकादयो वा ते याचमाना निराकृताः अगम्यस्त्रीरतिर् वा त्वं तेनासि विगतप्रभः
sāntānikādayosāntānikādayo (सान्तानिकादयो)sāntānikādayo is used as a grammatical form in this verse. vāvā (वा)Particle: “or.” tete (ते)Enclitic of yuṣmad (“your / to you”) or nominative plural of tad (“they”). Sense follows the verse. yācamānāyācamānā (याचमाना)The core matches the root yā, “to go.” nirākṛtāḥnirākṛtāḥ (निराकृताः)The core matches the root kṛ, “to do, to make.” nir- (“out, without”) + ākṛtāḥ. agamyastrīratiragamyastrīratir (अगम्यस्त्रीरतिर्)The core matches the root gam, “to go.” a- (“not”) + gamyastrīratir. vāvā (वा)Particle: “or.” tvaṃtvaṃ (त्वं)Nominative of yuṣmad: “you.” tenāsitenāsi (तेनासि)The core matches the root ās, “to sit.” vigataprabhaḥvigataprabhaḥ (विगतप्रभः)The core matches the root tap, “to heat.” vi- (“apart, asunder”) + gataprabhaḥ.
[5.38.38] or you or you
Word make-up
- sāntānikādayo (सान्तानिकादयो)
- sāntānikādayo is used as a grammatical form in this verse.
- vā (वा)
- or
- Particle: “or.”
- te (ते)
- you
- Enclitic of yuṣmad (“your / to you”) or nominative plural of tad (“they”). Sense follows the verse.
- yācamānā (याचमाना)
- The core matches the root yā, “to go.”
- nirākṛtāḥ (निराकृताः)
- The core matches the root kṛ, “to do, to make.” nir- (“out, without”) + ākṛtāḥ.
- agamyastrīratir (अगम्यस्त्रीरतिर्)
- The core matches the root gam, “to go.” a- (“not”) + gamyastrīratir.
- vā (वा)
- or
- Particle: “or.”
- tvaṃ (त्वं)
- you
- Nominative of yuṣmad: “you.”
- tenāsi (तेनासि)
- The core matches the root ās, “to sit.”
- vigataprabhaḥ (विगतप्रभः)
- The core matches the root tap, “to heat.” vi- (“apart, asunder”) + gataprabhaḥ.
भुङ्क्ते ऽप्रदाय विप्रेभ्यो एको मिष्टम् अथो भवान् किं वा कृपणवित्तानि हृतानि भवतार्जुन
bhuṅktebhuṅkte (भुङ्क्ते)The core matches the root hu, “to pour the offering.” 'pradāya'pradāya (ऽप्रदाय)The core matches the root dā, “to give.” viprebhyoviprebhyo (विप्रेभ्यो)vi- (“apart, asunder”) + prebhyo. ekoeko (एको)Inflected from eka. eka: one. The one, a single. miṣṭammiṣṭam (मिष्टम्)The core matches the root iṣ, “to wish, to send.” athoatho (अथो)Inflected from atha. Particle: “then, now” — starts a new move. bhavānbhavān (भवान्)Honorific “you” (from bhū, the becoming-one as polite you). kiṃkiṃ (किं)Neuter interrogative: “what? why?” vāvā (वा)Particle: “or.” kṛpaṇavittānikṛpaṇavittāni (कृपणवित्तानि)The core matches the root kṛ, “to do, to make.” hṛtānihṛtāni (हृतानि)The core matches the root hṛ, “to take.” bhavatārjunabhavatārjuna (भवतार्जुन)bhavatārjuna is used as a grammatical form in this verse.
[5.38.39] vi- (“apart, asunder”) + prebhyo one then you what or
Word make-up
- bhuṅkte (भुङ्क्ते)
- The core matches the root hu, “to pour the offering.”
- 'pradāya (ऽप्रदाय)
- The core matches the root dā, “to give.”
- viprebhyo (विप्रेभ्यो)
- vi- (“apart, asunder”) + prebhyo
- vi- (“apart, asunder”) + prebhyo.
- eko (एको)
- one
- Inflected from eka. eka: one. The one, a single.
- miṣṭam (मिष्टम्)
- The core matches the root iṣ, “to wish, to send.”
- atho (अथो)
- then
- Inflected from atha. Particle: “then, now” — starts a new move.
- bhavān (भवान्)
- you
- Honorific “you” (from bhū, the becoming-one as polite you).
- kiṃ (किं)
- what
- Neuter interrogative: “what? why?”
- vā (वा)
- or
- Particle: “or.”
- kṛpaṇavittāni (कृपणवित्तानि)
- The core matches the root kṛ, “to do, to make.”
- hṛtāni (हृतानि)
- The core matches the root hṛ, “to take.”
- bhavatārjuna (भवतार्जुन)
- bhavatārjuna is used as a grammatical form in this verse.
कच्चित् त्वं शूर्पवातस्य गोचरत्वं गतो ऽर्जुन दुष्टचक्षुर्हतो वापि निःश्रीकः कथम् अन्यथा
kaccitkaccit (कच्चित्)The core matches the root cit, “to perceive, to notice.” tvaṃtvaṃ (त्वं)Nominative of yuṣmad: “you.” śūrpavātasyaśūrpavātasya (शूर्पवातस्य)The core matches the root as, “to be.” gocaratvaṃgocaratvaṃ (गोचरत्वं)The core matches the root car, “to move.” gatogato (गतो)Inflected from gata. From gam / yā, “to go.” Goes; they go; having gone; gone; he goes. 'rjuna'rjuna (ऽर्जुन)'rjuna is used as a grammatical form in this verse. duṣṭacakṣurhatoduṣṭacakṣurhato (दुष्टचक्षुर्हतो)duṣṭacakṣurhato is used as a grammatical form in this verse. vāpivāpi (वापि)vā “or” + api “even.” niḥśrīkaḥniḥśrīkaḥ (निःश्रीकः)ni- (“down, in”) + ḥśrīkaḥ. kathamkatham (कथम्)ka- + tham: “how?” anyathāanyathā (अन्यथा)anya + thā: “otherwise.”
[5.38.40] you going or even ni- (“down, in”) + ḥśrīkaḥ how otherwise
Word make-up
- kaccit (कच्चित्)
- The core matches the root cit, “to perceive, to notice.”
- tvaṃ (त्वं)
- you
- Nominative of yuṣmad: “you.”
- śūrpavātasya (शूर्पवातस्य)
- The core matches the root as, “to be.”
- gocaratvaṃ (गोचरत्वं)
- The core matches the root car, “to move.”
- gato (गतो)
- going
- Inflected from gata. From gam / yā, “to go.” Goes; they go; having gone; gone; he goes.
- 'rjuna (ऽर्जुन)
- 'rjuna is used as a grammatical form in this verse.
- duṣṭacakṣurhato (दुष्टचक्षुर्हतो)
- duṣṭacakṣurhato is used as a grammatical form in this verse.
- vāpi (वापि)
- or even
- vā “or” + api “even.”
- niḥśrīkaḥ (निःश्रीकः)
- ni- (“down, in”) + ḥśrīkaḥ
- ni- (“down, in”) + ḥśrīkaḥ.
- katham (कथम्)
- how
- ka- + tham: “how?”
- anyathā (अन्यथा)
- otherwise
- anya + thā: “otherwise.”
स्पृष्टो नखाम्भसा वाथ घटवार्युक्षितो ऽपि वा तेनातीवासि विच्छायो न्यूनैर् वा युधि निर्जितः
spṛṣṭospṛṣṭo (स्पृष्टो)spṛṣṭo is used as a grammatical form in this verse. nakhāmbhasānakhāmbhasā (नखाम्भसा)The core matches the root as, “to be.” vāthavātha (वाथ)vātha is used as a grammatical form in this verse. ghaṭavāryukṣitoghaṭavāryukṣito (घटवार्युक्षितो)The core matches the root kṣi, “to dwell / to destroy.” 'pi'pi (ऽपि)'pi is used as a grammatical form in this verse. vāvā (वा)Particle: “or.” tenātīvāsitenātīvāsi (तेनातीवासि)The core matches the root ās, “to sit.” vicchāyovicchāyo (विच्छायो)vi- (“apart, asunder”) + cchāyo. nyūnairnyūnair (न्यूनैर्)nyūnair is used as a grammatical form in this verse. vāvā (वा)Particle: “or.” yudhiyudhi (युधि)From yudh, “to fight.” Fight; battle. yudhi is locative: in battle. nirjitaḥnirjitaḥ (निर्जितः)nir- (“out, without”) joined to jitaḥ. ji (“to conquer”); substantive: victory. Together the form means nir + that sense.
[5.38.41] or vi- (“apart, asunder”) + cchāyo or battle victory
Word make-up
- spṛṣṭo (स्पृष्टो)
- spṛṣṭo is used as a grammatical form in this verse.
- nakhāmbhasā (नखाम्भसा)
- The core matches the root as, “to be.”
- vātha (वाथ)
- vātha is used as a grammatical form in this verse.
- ghaṭavāryukṣito (घटवार्युक्षितो)
- The core matches the root kṣi, “to dwell / to destroy.”
- 'pi (ऽपि)
- 'pi is used as a grammatical form in this verse.
- vā (वा)
- or
- Particle: “or.”
- tenātīvāsi (तेनातीवासि)
- The core matches the root ās, “to sit.”
- vicchāyo (विच्छायो)
- vi- (“apart, asunder”) + cchāyo
- vi- (“apart, asunder”) + cchāyo.
- nyūnair (न्यूनैर्)
- nyūnair is used as a grammatical form in this verse.
- vā (वा)
- or
- Particle: “or.”
- yudhi (युधि)
- battle
- From yudh, “to fight.” Fight; battle. yudhi is locative: in battle.
- nirjitaḥ (निर्जितः)
- victory
- nir- (“out, without”) joined to jitaḥ. ji (“to conquer”); substantive: victory. Together the form means nir + that sense.
ततः पार्थो विनिश्वस्य श्रूयतां भगवन्न् इति प्रोक्तो यथावद् आचष्टे व्यासायात्मपराभवम्
tataḥtataḥ (ततः)From tad + tas: “from that, then.” pārthopārtho (पार्थो)Inflected from pārtha. pārtha: son of Pṛthā (Kuntī). A patronym, not a mystical title. viniśvasyaviniśvasya (विनिश्वस्य)The core matches the root vas, “to dwell.” vi- (“apart, asunder”) + niśvasya. śrūyatāṃśrūyatāṃ (श्रूयतां)śrūyatāṃ is used as a grammatical form in this verse. bhagavannbhagavann (भगवन्न्)The core matches the root an, “to breathe.” itiiti (इति)Quotative particle: “thus” — closes speech or thought. proktoprokto (प्रोक्तो)Inflected from prokta. pra-vac, “to speak forth.” Spoken forth; he has said forth. yathāvadyathāvad (यथावद्)The core matches the root vad, “to say.” ācaṣṭeācaṣṭe (आचष्टे)ā- (“unto, fully”) + caṣṭe. vyāsāyātmaparābhavamvyāsāyātmaparābhavam (व्यासायात्मपराभवम्)The core matches the root ās, “to sit.”
[5.38.42] then pārtho thus spoken forth ā- (“unto, fully”) + caṣṭe
Word make-up
- tataḥ (ततः)
- then
- From tad + tas: “from that, then.”
- pārtho (पार्थो)
- A patronym, not a mystical title
- Inflected from pārtha. pārtha: son of Pṛthā (Kuntī). A patronym, not a mystical title.
- viniśvasya (विनिश्वस्य)
- The core matches the root vas, “to dwell.” vi- (“apart, asunder”) + niśvasya.
- śrūyatāṃ (श्रूयतां)
- śrūyatāṃ is used as a grammatical form in this verse.
- bhagavann (भगवन्न्)
- The core matches the root an, “to breathe.”
- iti (इति)
- thus
- Quotative particle: “thus” — closes speech or thought.
- prokto (प्रोक्तो)
- spoken forth
- Inflected from prokta. pra-vac, “to speak forth.” Spoken forth; he has said forth.
- yathāvad (यथावद्)
- The core matches the root vad, “to say.”
- ācaṣṭe (आचष्टे)
- ā- (“unto, fully”) + caṣṭe
- ā- (“unto, fully”) + caṣṭe.
- vyāsāyātmaparābhavam (व्यासायात्मपराभवम्)
- The core matches the root ās, “to sit.”
यद् बलं यच् च नस् तेजो यद् वीर्यं यः पराक्रमः या श्रीश् छाया च नः सो ऽस्मान् परित्यज्य हरिर् गतः
yadyad (यद्)Neuter of yad: “which, what, that.” Relative stem ya-. balaṃbalaṃ (बलं)bala: strength, force (from bal, “to be strong”). yacyac (यच्)yac is used as a grammatical form in this verse. caca (च)Enclitic particle: “and, also.” nasnas (नस्)The core matches the root as, “to be.” tejotejo (तेजो)Inflected from teja. From tij, “to be sharp.” Sharp-glow, brilliance. yadyad (यद्)Neuter of yad: “which, what, that.” Relative stem ya-. vīryaṃvīryaṃ (वीर्यं)vīryaṃ is used as a grammatical form in this verse. yaḥyaḥ (यः)Nominative singular of yad: “who, which.” parākramaḥparākramaḥ (पराक्रमः)The core matches the root kram, “to step.” parā- (“away, forth beyond”) + kramaḥ. yāyā (या)The core matches the root yā, “to go.” śrīśśrīś (श्रीश्)śrīś is used as a grammatical form in this verse. chāyāchāyā (छाया)The core matches the root yā, “to go.” caca (च)Enclitic particle: “and, also.” naḥnaḥ (नः)Negation: “not.” soso (सो)so is used as a grammatical form in this verse. 'smān'smān (ऽस्मान्)The core matches the root mā, “to measure.” parityajyaparityajya (परित्यज्य)The core matches the root tyaj, “to leave.” pari- (“around”) + tyajya. harirharir (हरिर्)harir is used as a grammatical form in this verse. gataḥgataḥ (गतः)From gam / yā, “to go.” Goes; they go; having gone; gone; he goes.
[5.38.43] which strength and sharp-glow which who and not going
Word make-up
- yad (यद्)
- which
- Neuter of yad: “which, what, that.” Relative stem ya-.
- balaṃ (बलं)
- strength
- bala: strength, force (from bal, “to be strong”).
- yac (यच्)
- yac is used as a grammatical form in this verse.
- ca (च)
- and
- Enclitic particle: “and, also.”
- nas (नस्)
- The core matches the root as, “to be.”
- tejo (तेजो)
- sharp-glow
- Inflected from teja. From tij, “to be sharp.” Sharp-glow, brilliance.
- yad (यद्)
- which
- Neuter of yad: “which, what, that.” Relative stem ya-.
- vīryaṃ (वीर्यं)
- vīryaṃ is used as a grammatical form in this verse.
- yaḥ (यः)
- who
- Nominative singular of yad: “who, which.”
- parākramaḥ (पराक्रमः)
- The core matches the root kram, “to step.” parā- (“away, forth beyond”) + kramaḥ.
- yā (या)
- The core matches the root yā, “to go.”
- śrīś (श्रीश्)
- śrīś is used as a grammatical form in this verse.
- chāyā (छाया)
- The core matches the root yā, “to go.”
- ca (च)
- and
- Enclitic particle: “and, also.”
- naḥ (नः)
- not
- Negation: “not.”
- so (सो)
- so is used as a grammatical form in this verse.
- 'smān (ऽस्मान्)
- The core matches the root mā, “to measure.”
- parityajya (परित्यज्य)
- The core matches the root tyaj, “to leave.” pari- (“around”) + tyajya.
- harir (हरिर्)
- harir is used as a grammatical form in this verse.
- gataḥ (गतः)
- going
- From gam / yā, “to go.” Goes; they go; having gone; gone; he goes.
इतरेणेव महता स्मितपूर्वाभिभाषिणा हीना वयं मुने तेन जातास् तृणमया इव
itareṇevaitareṇeva (इतरेणेव)itareṇeva is used as a grammatical form in this verse. mahatāmahatā (महता)mahat: great. From mah, “to be great.” smitapūrvābhibhāṣiṇāsmitapūrvābhibhāṣiṇā (स्मितपूर्वाभिभाषिणा)The core matches the root tap, “to heat.” hīnāhīnā (हीना)Inflected from hīna. Past participle of hā, “to leave.” Left, deficient, low. vayaṃvayaṃ (वयं)vayaṃ is used as a grammatical form in this verse. munemune (मुने)mune is used as a grammatical form in this verse. tenatena (तेन)Instrumental of tad: “by that.” jātāsjātās (जातास्)From jan, “to be born.” Is born; born. tṛṇamayātṛṇamayā (तृणमया)The core matches the root yā, “to go.” ivaiva (इव)Particle of comparison: “like, as if.”
[5.38.44] great deficient by that is born like
Word make-up
- itareṇeva (इतरेणेव)
- itareṇeva is used as a grammatical form in this verse.
- mahatā (महता)
- great
- mahat: great. From mah, “to be great.”
- smitapūrvābhibhāṣiṇā (स्मितपूर्वाभिभाषिणा)
- The core matches the root tap, “to heat.”
- hīnā (हीना)
- deficient
- Inflected from hīna. Past participle of hā, “to leave.” Left, deficient, low.
- vayaṃ (वयं)
- vayaṃ is used as a grammatical form in this verse.
- mune (मुने)
- mune is used as a grammatical form in this verse.
- tena (तेन)
- by that
- Instrumental of tad: “by that.”
- jātās (जातास्)
- is born
- From jan, “to be born.” Is born; born.
- tṛṇamayā (तृणमया)
- The core matches the root yā, “to go.”
- iva (इव)
- like
- Particle of comparison: “like, as if.”
अस्त्राणां सायकानां च गाण्डीवस्य तथा मम सारता याभवन् मूर्ता स गतः पुरुषोत्तमः
astrāṇāṃastrāṇāṃ (अस्त्राणां)The core matches the root as, “to be.” a- (“not”) + strāṇāṃ. sāyakānāṃsāyakānāṃ (सायकानां)sāyakānāṃ is used as a grammatical form in this verse. caca (च)Enclitic particle: “and, also.” gāṇḍīvasyagāṇḍīvasya (गाण्डीवस्य)Inflected from gāṇḍīva. Gāṇḍīva, Arjuna’s bow. tathātathā (तथा)ta- + thā: “in that way, so.” mamamama (मम)Genitive of asmad: “of me, my.” sāratāsāratā (सारता)sāratā is used as a grammatical form in this verse. yābhavanyābhavan (याभवन्)The core matches the root yā, “to go.” mūrtāmūrtā (मूर्ता)mūrtā is used as a grammatical form in this verse. sasa (स)Nominative singular masculine of tad: “he, that one.” gataḥgataḥ (गतः)From gam / yā, “to go.” Goes; they go; having gone; gone; he goes. puruṣottamaḥpuruṣottamaḥ (पुरुषोत्तमः)puruṣa + uttama (ud-tama, upmost). O upmost Person.
[5.38.45] and Gāṇḍīva, Arjuna’s bow so my he going upmost Person
Word make-up
- astrāṇāṃ (अस्त्राणां)
- The core matches the root as, “to be.” a- (“not”) + strāṇāṃ.
- sāyakānāṃ (सायकानां)
- sāyakānāṃ is used as a grammatical form in this verse.
- ca (च)
- and
- Enclitic particle: “and, also.”
- gāṇḍīvasya (गाण्डीवस्य)
- Gāṇḍīva, Arjuna’s bow
- Inflected from gāṇḍīva. Gāṇḍīva, Arjuna’s bow.
- tathā (तथा)
- so
- ta- + thā: “in that way, so.”
- mama (मम)
- my
- Genitive of asmad: “of me, my.”
- sāratā (सारता)
- sāratā is used as a grammatical form in this verse.
- yābhavan (याभवन्)
- The core matches the root yā, “to go.”
- mūrtā (मूर्ता)
- mūrtā is used as a grammatical form in this verse.
- sa (स)
- he
- Nominative singular masculine of tad: “he, that one.”
- gataḥ (गतः)
- going
- From gam / yā, “to go.” Goes; they go; having gone; gone; he goes.
- puruṣottamaḥ (पुरुषोत्तमः)
- upmost Person
- puruṣa + uttama (ud-tama, upmost). O upmost Person.
यस्यावलोकनाद् अस्माञ् श्रीर् जयः संपद् उन्नतिः न तत्याज स गोविन्दस् त्यक्त्वास्मान् भगवान् गतः
yasyāvalokanādyasyāvalokanād (यस्यावलोकनाद्)The core matches the root lok, “to see, to shine.” asmāñasmāñ (अस्माञ्)The core matches the root mā, “to measure.” a- (“not”) + smāñ. śrīrśrīr (श्रीर्)śrīr is used as a grammatical form in this verse. jayaḥjayaḥ (जयः)jayaḥ is used as a grammatical form in this verse. saṃpadsaṃpad (संपद्)The core matches the root pad, “to go, to fall.” saṃ- (“together”) + pad. unnatiḥunnatiḥ (उन्नतिः)unnatiḥ is used as a grammatical form in this verse. nana (न)Negation: “not.” tatyājatatyāja (तत्याज)The core matches the root yā, “to go.” sasa (स)Nominative singular masculine of tad: “he, that one.” govindasgovindas (गोविन्दस्)go (“cow, cattle, earth, ray”) + vinda (vid, “to find”). Finder of cows; also finder of the earth. A name of Kṛṣṇa. tyaktvāsmāntyaktvāsmān (त्यक्त्वास्मान्)The core matches the root ās, “to sit.” bhagavānbhagavān (भगवान्)bhaga (“share, portion, majesty,” from bhaj “to share”) + -vant “possessing.” One who has the share of majesty. The Lord as the one possessed of majesty, not a first name. gataḥgataḥ (गतः)From gam / yā, “to go.” Goes; they go; having gone; gone; he goes.
[5.38.46] not he govindas the Lord going
Word make-up
- yasyāvalokanād (यस्यावलोकनाद्)
- The core matches the root lok, “to see, to shine.”
- asmāñ (अस्माञ्)
- The core matches the root mā, “to measure.” a- (“not”) + smāñ.
- śrīr (श्रीर्)
- śrīr is used as a grammatical form in this verse.
- jayaḥ (जयः)
- jayaḥ is used as a grammatical form in this verse.
- saṃpad (संपद्)
- The core matches the root pad, “to go, to fall.” saṃ- (“together”) + pad.
- unnatiḥ (उन्नतिः)
- unnatiḥ is used as a grammatical form in this verse.
- na (न)
- not
- Negation: “not.”
- tatyāja (तत्याज)
- The core matches the root yā, “to go.”
- sa (स)
- he
- Nominative singular masculine of tad: “he, that one.”
- govindas (गोविन्दस्)
- A name of Kṛṣṇa
- go (“cow, cattle, earth, ray”) + vinda (vid, “to find”). Finder of cows; also finder of the earth. A name of Kṛṣṇa.
- tyaktvāsmān (त्यक्त्वास्मान्)
- The core matches the root ās, “to sit.”
- bhagavān (भगवान्)
- the Lord
- bhaga (“share, portion, majesty,” from bhaj “to share”) + -vant “possessing.” One who has the share of majesty. The Lord as the one possessed of majesty, not a first name.
- gataḥ (गतः)
- going
- From gam / yā, “to go.” Goes; they go; having gone; gone; he goes.
भीष्मद्रोणाङ्गराजाद्यास् तथा दुर्योधनादयः यत्प्रभावेन निर्दग्धाः स कृष्णस् त्यक्तवान् भुवम्
bhīṣmadroṇāṅgarājādyāsbhīṣmadroṇāṅgarājādyās (भीष्मद्रोणाङ्गराजाद्यास्)The core matches the root rāj, “to shine, to rule.” tathātathā (तथा)ta- + thā: “in that way, so.” duryodhanādayaḥduryodhanādayaḥ (दुर्योधनादयः)The core matches the root han, “to strike.” dur- (“ill, hard”) + yodhanādayaḥ. yatprabhāvenayatprabhāvena (यत्प्रभावेन)yatprabhāvena is used as a grammatical form in this verse. nirdagdhāḥnirdagdhāḥ (निर्दग्धाः)The core matches the root dhā, “to place.” nir- (“out, without”) + dagdhāḥ. sasa (स)Nominative singular masculine of tad: “he, that one.” kṛṣṇaskṛṣṇas (कृष्णस्)kṛṣṇa: dark, black. From kṛṣ, “to draw, to drag,” or as the dark colour. The dark one. Vocative: O Kṛṣṇa. tyaktavāntyaktavān (त्यक्तवान्)tyaktavān is used as a grammatical form in this verse. bhuvambhuvam (भुवम्)The core matches the root hu, “to pour the offering.”
[5.38.47] so he Vocative: O Kṛṣṇa
Word make-up
- bhīṣmadroṇāṅgarājādyās (भीष्मद्रोणाङ्गराजाद्यास्)
- The core matches the root rāj, “to shine, to rule.”
- tathā (तथा)
- so
- ta- + thā: “in that way, so.”
- duryodhanādayaḥ (दुर्योधनादयः)
- The core matches the root han, “to strike.” dur- (“ill, hard”) + yodhanādayaḥ.
- yatprabhāvena (यत्प्रभावेन)
- yatprabhāvena is used as a grammatical form in this verse.
- nirdagdhāḥ (निर्दग्धाः)
- The core matches the root dhā, “to place.” nir- (“out, without”) + dagdhāḥ.
- sa (स)
- he
- Nominative singular masculine of tad: “he, that one.”
- kṛṣṇas (कृष्णस्)
- Vocative: O Kṛṣṇa
- kṛṣṇa: dark, black. From kṛṣ, “to draw, to drag,” or as the dark colour. The dark one. Vocative: O Kṛṣṇa.
- tyaktavān (त्यक्तवान्)
- tyaktavān is used as a grammatical form in this verse.
- bhuvam (भुवम्)
- The core matches the root hu, “to pour the offering.”
निर्यौवना हतश्रीका भ्रष्टच्छायेव मे मही विभाति तात नैको ऽहं विरहे तस्य चक्रिणः
niryauvanāniryauvanā (निर्यौवना)The core matches the root an, “to breathe.” nir- (“out, without”) + yauvanā. hataśrīkāhataśrīkā (हतश्रीका)hataśrīkā is used as a grammatical form in this verse. bhraṣṭacchāyevabhraṣṭacchāyeva (भ्रष्टच्छायेव)bhraṣṭacchāyeva is used as a grammatical form in this verse. meme (मे)Enclitic of asmad: “my / to me / by me,” from the stem asmad “I.” mahīmahī (मही)mahī is used as a grammatical form in this verse. vibhātivibhāti (विभाति)vi- (“apart, asunder”) + bhāti. tātatāta (तात)tāta is used as a grammatical form in this verse. naikonaiko (नैको)naiko is used as a grammatical form in this verse. 'haṃ'haṃ (ऽहं)'haṃ is used as a grammatical form in this verse. virahevirahe (विरहे)vi- (“apart, asunder”) + rahe. tasyatasya (तस्य)Genitive of tad: “of that, his.” cakriṇaḥcakriṇaḥ (चक्रिणः)cakriṇaḥ is used as a grammatical form in this verse.
[5.38.48] my vi- (“apart, asunder”) + bhāti vi- (“apart, asunder”) + rahe of that
Word make-up
- niryauvanā (निर्यौवना)
- The core matches the root an, “to breathe.” nir- (“out, without”) + yauvanā.
- hataśrīkā (हतश्रीका)
- hataśrīkā is used as a grammatical form in this verse.
- bhraṣṭacchāyeva (भ्रष्टच्छायेव)
- bhraṣṭacchāyeva is used as a grammatical form in this verse.
- me (मे)
- my
- Enclitic of asmad: “my / to me / by me,” from the stem asmad “I.”
- mahī (मही)
- mahī is used as a grammatical form in this verse.
- vibhāti (विभाति)
- vi- (“apart, asunder”) + bhāti
- vi- (“apart, asunder”) + bhāti.
- tāta (तात)
- tāta is used as a grammatical form in this verse.
- naiko (नैको)
- naiko is used as a grammatical form in this verse.
- 'haṃ (ऽहं)
- 'haṃ is used as a grammatical form in this verse.
- virahe (विरहे)
- vi- (“apart, asunder”) + rahe
- vi- (“apart, asunder”) + rahe.
- tasya (तस्य)
- of that
- Genitive of tad: “of that, his.”
- cakriṇaḥ (चक्रिणः)
- cakriṇaḥ is used as a grammatical form in this verse.
यस्यानुभावाद् भीष्माद्यैर् मय्य् अग्नौ शलभायितम् विना तेनाद्य कृष्णेन गोपालैर् अस्मि निर्जितः
yasyānubhāvādyasyānubhāvād (यस्यानुभावाद्)The core matches the root yā, “to go.” bhīṣmādyairbhīṣmādyair (भीष्माद्यैर्)The core matches the root bhī, “to fear.” mayymayy (मय्य्)mayy is used as a grammatical form in this verse. agnauagnau (अग्नौ)a- (“not”) + gnau. śalabhāyitamśalabhāyitam (शलभायितम्)The core matches the root labh, “to obtain.” vināvinā (विना)Indeclinable: “without.” tenādyatenādya (तेनाद्य)tenādya is used as a grammatical form in this verse. kṛṣṇenakṛṣṇena (कृष्णेन)Inflected from kṛṣṇa. kṛṣṇa: dark, black. From kṛṣ, “to draw, to drag,” or as the dark colour. The dark one. Vocative: O Kṛṣṇa. gopālairgopālair (गोपालैर्)The core matches the root pā, “to protect / to drink.” asmiasmi (अस्मि)Present of as, “to be”: “I am.” nirjitaḥnirjitaḥ (निर्जितः)nir- (“out, without”) joined to jitaḥ. ji (“to conquer”); substantive: victory. Together the form means nir + that sense.
[5.38.49] a- (“not”) + gnau without Vocative: O Kṛṣṇa I am victory
Word make-up
- yasyānubhāvād (यस्यानुभावाद्)
- The core matches the root yā, “to go.”
- bhīṣmādyair (भीष्माद्यैर्)
- The core matches the root bhī, “to fear.”
- mayy (मय्य्)
- mayy is used as a grammatical form in this verse.
- agnau (अग्नौ)
- a- (“not”) + gnau
- a- (“not”) + gnau.
- śalabhāyitam (शलभायितम्)
- The core matches the root labh, “to obtain.”
- vinā (विना)
- without
- Indeclinable: “without.”
- tenādya (तेनाद्य)
- tenādya is used as a grammatical form in this verse.
- kṛṣṇena (कृष्णेन)
- Vocative: O Kṛṣṇa
- Inflected from kṛṣṇa. kṛṣṇa: dark, black. From kṛṣ, “to draw, to drag,” or as the dark colour. The dark one. Vocative: O Kṛṣṇa.
- gopālair (गोपालैर्)
- The core matches the root pā, “to protect / to drink.”
- asmi (अस्मि)
- I am
- Present of as, “to be”: “I am.”
- nirjitaḥ (निर्जितः)
- victory
- nir- (“out, without”) joined to jitaḥ. ji (“to conquer”); substantive: victory. Together the form means nir + that sense.
गाण्डीवं त्रिषु लोकेषु ख्यातिं यदनुभावतः गतं तेन विनाभीरैर् लगुडैस् तन्निराकृतम्
gāṇḍīvaṃgāṇḍīvaṃ (गाण्डीवं)Inflected from gāṇḍīva. Gāṇḍīva, Arjuna’s bow. triṣutriṣu (त्रिषु)The core matches the root iṣ, “to wish, to send.” lokeṣulokeṣu (लोकेषु)From lok, “to see”: a seen-world. khyātiṃkhyātiṃ (ख्यातिं)The core matches the root yā, “to go.” yadanubhāvataḥyadanubhāvataḥ (यदनुभावतः)The core matches the root an, “to breathe.” gataṃgataṃ (गतं)From gam / yā, “to go.” Goes; they go; having gone; gone; he goes. tenatena (तेन)Instrumental of tad: “by that.” vinābhīrairvinābhīrair (विनाभीरैर्)The core matches the root bhī, “to fear.” vi- (“apart, asunder”) + nābhīrair. laguḍaislaguḍais (लगुडैस्)laguḍais is used as a grammatical form in this verse. tannirākṛtamtannirākṛtam (तन्निराकृतम्)The core matches the root tan, “to stretch.”
[5.38.50] Gāṇḍīva, Arjuna’s bow world going by that
Word make-up
- gāṇḍīvaṃ (गाण्डीवं)
- Gāṇḍīva, Arjuna’s bow
- Inflected from gāṇḍīva. Gāṇḍīva, Arjuna’s bow.
- triṣu (त्रिषु)
- The core matches the root iṣ, “to wish, to send.”
- lokeṣu (लोकेषु)
- world
- From lok, “to see”: a seen-world.
- khyātiṃ (ख्यातिं)
- The core matches the root yā, “to go.”
- yadanubhāvataḥ (यदनुभावतः)
- The core matches the root an, “to breathe.”
- gataṃ (गतं)
- going
- From gam / yā, “to go.” Goes; they go; having gone; gone; he goes.
- tena (तेन)
- by that
- Instrumental of tad: “by that.”
- vinābhīrair (विनाभीरैर्)
- The core matches the root bhī, “to fear.” vi- (“apart, asunder”) + nābhīrair.
- laguḍais (लगुडैस्)
- laguḍais is used as a grammatical form in this verse.
- tannirākṛtam (तन्निराकृतम्)
- The core matches the root tan, “to stretch.”
स्त्रीसहस्राण्य् अनेकानि मन्नाथानि महामुने यततो मम नीतानि दस्युभिर् लगुडायुधैः
strīsahasrāṇystrīsahasrāṇy (स्त्रीसहस्राण्य्)The core matches the root as, “to be.” anekānianekāni (अनेकानि)The core matches the root an, “to breathe.” a- (“not”) + nekāni. mannāthānimannāthāni (मन्नाथानि)The core matches the root man, “to think.” mahāmunemahāmune (महामुने)mahāmune is used as a grammatical form in this verse. yatatoyatato (यततो)yatato is used as a grammatical form in this verse. mamamama (मम)Genitive of asmad: “of me, my.” nītāninītāni (नीतानि)The core matches the root nī, “to lead.” dasyubhirdasyubhir (दस्युभिर्)The core matches the root as, “to be.” laguḍāyudhaiḥlaguḍāyudhaiḥ (लगुडायुधैः)The core matches the root yudh, “to fight.”
[5.38.51] my
Word make-up
- strīsahasrāṇy (स्त्रीसहस्राण्य्)
- The core matches the root as, “to be.”
- anekāni (अनेकानि)
- The core matches the root an, “to breathe.” a- (“not”) + nekāni.
- mannāthāni (मन्नाथानि)
- The core matches the root man, “to think.”
- mahāmune (महामुने)
- mahāmune is used as a grammatical form in this verse.
- yatato (यततो)
- yatato is used as a grammatical form in this verse.
- mama (मम)
- my
- Genitive of asmad: “of me, my.”
- nītāni (नीतानि)
- The core matches the root nī, “to lead.”
- dasyubhir (दस्युभिर्)
- The core matches the root as, “to be.”
- laguḍāyudhaiḥ (लगुडायुधैः)
- The core matches the root yudh, “to fight.”
आनीयमानम् आभीरैः कृष्ण कृष्णावरोधनम् हृतं यष्टिप्रहरणैः परिभूय बलं मम
ānīyamānamānīyamānam (आनीयमानम्)The core matches the root nam, “to bow.” ā- (“unto, fully”) + nīyamānam. ābhīraiḥābhīraiḥ (आभीरैः)The core matches the root bhī, “to fear.” ā- (“unto, fully”) + bhīraiḥ. kṛṣṇakṛṣṇa (कृष्ण)kṛṣṇa: dark, black. From kṛṣ, “to draw, to drag,” or as the dark colour. The dark one. Vocative: O Kṛṣṇa. kṛṣṇāvarodhanamkṛṣṇāvarodhanam (कृष्णावरोधनम्)The core matches the root nam, “to bow.” hṛtaṃhṛtaṃ (हृतं)The core matches the root hṛ, “to take.” yaṣṭipraharaṇaiḥyaṣṭipraharaṇaiḥ (यष्टिप्रहरणैः)yaṣṭipraharaṇaiḥ is used as a grammatical form in this verse. paribhūyaparibhūya (परिभूय)pari- (“around”) joined to bhūya. Comparative of bahu / from bhū: “more, again.” Together the form means pari + that sense. balaṃbalaṃ (बलं)bala: strength, force (from bal, “to be strong”). mamamama (मम)Genitive of asmad: “of me, my.”
[5.38.52] Vocative: O Kṛṣṇa again strength my
Word make-up
- ānīyamānam (आनीयमानम्)
- The core matches the root nam, “to bow.” ā- (“unto, fully”) + nīyamānam.
- ābhīraiḥ (आभीरैः)
- The core matches the root bhī, “to fear.” ā- (“unto, fully”) + bhīraiḥ.
- kṛṣṇa (कृष्ण)
- Vocative: O Kṛṣṇa
- kṛṣṇa: dark, black. From kṛṣ, “to draw, to drag,” or as the dark colour. The dark one. Vocative: O Kṛṣṇa.
- kṛṣṇāvarodhanam (कृष्णावरोधनम्)
- The core matches the root nam, “to bow.”
- hṛtaṃ (हृतं)
- The core matches the root hṛ, “to take.”
- yaṣṭipraharaṇaiḥ (यष्टिप्रहरणैः)
- yaṣṭipraharaṇaiḥ is used as a grammatical form in this verse.
- paribhūya (परिभूय)
- again
- pari- (“around”) joined to bhūya. Comparative of bahu / from bhū: “more, again.” Together the form means pari + that sense.
- balaṃ (बलं)
- strength
- bala: strength, force (from bal, “to be strong”).
- mama (मम)
- my
- Genitive of asmad: “of me, my.”
निःश्रीकता न मे चित्रं यज् जीवामि तद् अद्भुतम् नीचावमानपङ्काङ्की निर्लज्जो ऽस्मि पितामह
niḥśrīkatāniḥśrīkatā (निःश्रीकता)ni- (“down, in”) + ḥśrīkatā. nana (न)Negation: “not.” meme (मे)Enclitic of asmad: “my / to me / by me,” from the stem asmad “I.” citraṃcitraṃ (चित्रं)The core matches the root cit, “to perceive, to notice.” yajyaj (यज्)The core matches the root yaj, “to offer.” jīvāmijīvāmi (जीवामि)The core matches the root jīv, “to live.” tadtad (तद्)Neuter of tad: “that.” From the demonstrative stem ta-. adbhutamadbhutam (अद्भुतम्)The core matches the root hu, “to pour the offering.” a- (“not”) + dbhutam. nīcāvamānapaṅkāṅkīnīcāvamānapaṅkāṅkī (नीचावमानपङ्काङ्की)The core matches the root nī, “to lead.” nirlajjonirlajjo (निर्लज्जो)nir- (“out, without”) + lajjo. 'smi'smi (ऽस्मि)'smi is used as a grammatical form in this verse. pitāmahapitāmaha (पितामह)pitāmaha is used as a grammatical form in this verse.
[5.38.53] ni- (“down, in”) + ḥśrīkatā not my that nir- (“out, without”) + lajjo
Word make-up
- niḥśrīkatā (निःश्रीकता)
- ni- (“down, in”) + ḥśrīkatā
- ni- (“down, in”) + ḥśrīkatā.
- na (न)
- not
- Negation: “not.”
- me (मे)
- my
- Enclitic of asmad: “my / to me / by me,” from the stem asmad “I.”
- citraṃ (चित्रं)
- The core matches the root cit, “to perceive, to notice.”
- yaj (यज्)
- The core matches the root yaj, “to offer.”
- jīvāmi (जीवामि)
- The core matches the root jīv, “to live.”
- tad (तद्)
- that
- Neuter of tad: “that.” From the demonstrative stem ta-.
- adbhutam (अद्भुतम्)
- The core matches the root hu, “to pour the offering.” a- (“not”) + dbhutam.
- nīcāvamānapaṅkāṅkī (नीचावमानपङ्काङ्की)
- The core matches the root nī, “to lead.”
- nirlajjo (निर्लज्जो)
- nir- (“out, without”) + lajjo
- nir- (“out, without”) + lajjo.
- 'smi (ऽस्मि)
- 'smi is used as a grammatical form in this verse.
- pitāmaha (पितामह)
- pitāmaha is used as a grammatical form in this verse.
कृष्णशब्दस्य भाजो वै त्रय एव महामुने
kṛṣṇaśabdasyakṛṣṇaśabdasya (कृष्णशब्दस्य)The core matches the root kṛṣ, “to drag, to plough.” bhājobhājo (भाजो)bhājo is used as a grammatical form in this verse. vaivai (वै)Particle of emphasis: “indeed.” trayatraya (त्रय)tri: three. evaeva (एव)Particle of restriction or emphasis: “only, just, indeed.” mahāmunemahāmune (महामुने)mahāmune is used as a grammatical form in this verse.
[5.38.53@1:1] indeed three just
Word make-up
- kṛṣṇaśabdasya (कृष्णशब्दस्य)
- The core matches the root kṛṣ, “to drag, to plough.”
- bhājo (भाजो)
- bhājo is used as a grammatical form in this verse.
- vai (वै)
- indeed
- Particle of emphasis: “indeed.”
- traya (त्रय)
- three
- tri: three.
- eva (एव)
- just
- Particle of restriction or emphasis: “only, just, indeed.”
- mahāmune (महामुने)
- mahāmune is used as a grammatical form in this verse.
अहं च त्वं च देवश् च यथार्हं कृतवान् विभुः
ahaṃahaṃ (अहं)Nominative of asmad: “I.” caca (च)Enclitic particle: “and, also.” tvaṃtvaṃ (त्वं)Nominative of yuṣmad: “you.” caca (च)Enclitic particle: “and, also.” devaśdevaś (देवश्)devaś is used as a grammatical form in this verse. caca (च)Enclitic particle: “and, also.” yathārhaṃyathārhaṃ (यथार्हं)yathārhaṃ is used as a grammatical form in this verse. kṛtavānkṛtavān (कृतवान्)The core matches the root kṛ, “to do, to make.” vibhuḥvibhuḥ (विभुः)The core matches the root hu, “to pour the offering.” vi- (“apart, asunder”) + bhuḥ.
[5.38.53@1:2] I and you and and
Word make-up
- ahaṃ (अहं)
- ”
- Nominative of asmad: “I.”
- ca (च)
- and
- Enclitic particle: “and, also.”
- tvaṃ (त्वं)
- you
- Nominative of yuṣmad: “you.”
- ca (च)
- and
- Enclitic particle: “and, also.”
- devaś (देवश्)
- devaś is used as a grammatical form in this verse.
- ca (च)
- and
- Enclitic particle: “and, also.”
- yathārhaṃ (यथार्हं)
- yathārhaṃ is used as a grammatical form in this verse.
- kṛtavān (कृतवान्)
- The core matches the root kṛ, “to do, to make.”
- vibhuḥ (विभुः)
- The core matches the root hu, “to pour the offering.” vi- (“apart, asunder”) + bhuḥ.
कृष्णे तस्मिन् महाबाहौ महात्मनि महीपतौ
kṛṣṇekṛṣṇe (कृष्णे)Inflected from kṛṣṇa. kṛṣṇa: dark, black. From kṛṣ, “to draw, to drag,” or as the dark colour. The dark one. Vocative: O Kṛṣṇa. tasmintasmin (तस्मिन्)Locative of tad: “in that.” mahābāhaumahābāhau (महाबाहौ)mahābāhau is used as a grammatical form in this verse. mahātmanimahātmani (महात्मनि)The core matches the root man, “to think.” mahīpataumahīpatau (महीपतौ)The core matches the root pat, “to fall.”
[5.38.53@1:3] Vocative: O Kṛṣṇa in that
Word make-up
- kṛṣṇe (कृष्णे)
- Vocative: O Kṛṣṇa
- Inflected from kṛṣṇa. kṛṣṇa: dark, black. From kṛṣ, “to draw, to drag,” or as the dark colour. The dark one. Vocative: O Kṛṣṇa.
- tasmin (तस्मिन्)
- in that
- Locative of tad: “in that.”
- mahābāhau (महाबाहौ)
- mahābāhau is used as a grammatical form in this verse.
- mahātmani (महात्मनि)
- The core matches the root man, “to think.”
- mahīpatau (महीपतौ)
- The core matches the root pat, “to fall.”
मम चित्तं यथाशक्तं नान्यो वेदेह वेद्म्य् अहम्
mamamama (मम)Genitive of asmad: “of me, my.” cittaṃcittaṃ (चित्तं)From cit, “to perceive, to notice.” Thought-stuff; the noticed mind. yathāśaktaṃyathāśaktaṃ (यथाशक्तं)The core matches the root śak, “to be able.” nānyonānyo (नान्यो)nānyo is used as a grammatical form in this verse. vedehavedeha (वेदेह)vedeha is used as a grammatical form in this verse. vedmyvedmy (वेद्म्य्)vedmy is used as a grammatical form in this verse. ahamaham (अहम्)Nominative of asmad: “I.”
[5.38.53@1:4] my thought-stuff I
Word make-up
- mama (मम)
- my
- Genitive of asmad: “of me, my.”
- cittaṃ (चित्तं)
- thought-stuff
- From cit, “to perceive, to notice.” Thought-stuff; the noticed mind.
- yathāśaktaṃ (यथाशक्तं)
- The core matches the root śak, “to be able.”
- nānyo (नान्यो)
- nānyo is used as a grammatical form in this verse.
- vedeha (वेदेह)
- vedeha is used as a grammatical form in this verse.
- vedmy (वेद्म्य्)
- vedmy is used as a grammatical form in this verse.
- aham (अहम्)
- ”
- Nominative of asmad: “I.”
भक्तान्नपानक्रीडाभिर् भूमौ ऽसौ देवकीसुतः
bhaktānnapānakrīḍābhirbhaktānnapānakrīḍābhir (भक्तान्नपानक्रीडाभिर्)The core matches the root pā, “to protect / to drink.” bhūmaubhūmau (भूमौ)The core matches the root bhū, “to be, to come to be.” 'sau'sau (ऽसौ)'sau is used as a grammatical form in this verse. devakīsutaḥdevakīsutaḥ (देवकीसुतः)devakīsutaḥ is used as a grammatical form in this verse.
[5.38.53@1:5]
Word make-up
- bhaktānnapānakrīḍābhir (भक्तान्नपानक्रीडाभिर्)
- The core matches the root pā, “to protect / to drink.”
- bhūmau (भूमौ)
- The core matches the root bhū, “to be, to come to be.”
- 'sau (ऽसौ)
- 'sau is used as a grammatical form in this verse.
- devakīsutaḥ (देवकीसुतः)
- devakīsutaḥ is used as a grammatical form in this verse.
कृतवान् यो मम प्रीतिं सएवाकर्षति मे मनः
kṛtavānkṛtavān (कृतवान्)The core matches the root kṛ, “to do, to make.” yoyo (यो)yo is used as a grammatical form in this verse. mamamama (मम)Genitive of asmad: “of me, my.” prītiṃprītiṃ (प्रीतिं)The core matches the root prī, “to please.” saevākarṣatisaevākarṣati (सएवाकर्षति)saevākarṣati is used as a grammatical form in this verse. meme (मे)Enclitic of asmad: “my / to me / by me,” from the stem asmad “I.” manaḥmanaḥ (मनः)From man, “to think, to mind.” The thinking organ; mind as what thinks, not a ghost.
[5.38.53@1:6] my my mind
Word make-up
- kṛtavān (कृतवान्)
- The core matches the root kṛ, “to do, to make.”
- yo (यो)
- yo is used as a grammatical form in this verse.
- mama (मम)
- my
- Genitive of asmad: “of me, my.”
- prītiṃ (प्रीतिं)
- The core matches the root prī, “to please.”
- saevākarṣati (सएवाकर्षति)
- saevākarṣati is used as a grammatical form in this verse.
- me (मे)
- my
- Enclitic of asmad: “my / to me / by me,” from the stem asmad “I.”
- manaḥ (मनः)
- mind
- From man, “to think, to mind.” The thinking organ; mind as what thinks, not a ghost.
कलेवरम् इदं त्यक्ष्ये पास्ये वा विषम् उल्बणम्
kalevaramkalevaram (कलेवरम्)kalevara: the body as a husk/covering. idaṃidaṃ (इदं)Neuter of idam: “this” (near). tyakṣyetyakṣye (त्यक्ष्ये)tyakṣye is used as a grammatical form in this verse. pāsyepāsye (पास्ये)The core matches the root ās, “to sit.” vāvā (वा)Particle: “or.” viṣamviṣam (विषम्)The core matches the root iṣ, “to wish, to send.” vi- (“apart, asunder”) + ṣam. ulbaṇamulbaṇam (उल्बणम्)ulbaṇam is used as a grammatical form in this verse.
[5.38.53@1:7] husk-body this or
Word make-up
- kalevaram (कलेवरम्)
- husk-body
- kalevara: the body as a husk/covering.
- idaṃ (इदं)
- this
- Neuter of idam: “this” (near).
- tyakṣye (त्यक्ष्ये)
- tyakṣye is used as a grammatical form in this verse.
- pāsye (पास्ये)
- The core matches the root ās, “to sit.”
- vā (वा)
- or
- Particle: “or.”
- viṣam (विषम्)
- The core matches the root iṣ, “to wish, to send.” vi- (“apart, asunder”) + ṣam.
- ulbaṇam (उल्बणम्)
- ulbaṇam is used as a grammatical form in this verse.
पते वा पर्वताग्रात् तु जलं वा प्रविशे मुने
patepate (पते)The core matches the root pat, “to fall.” vāvā (वा)Particle: “or.” parvatāgrātparvatāgrāt (पर्वताग्रात्)parvatāgrāt is used as a grammatical form in this verse. tutu (तु)Particle: “but, then, now” — a turn or a slight contrast. jalaṃjalaṃ (जलं)jalaṃ is used as a grammatical form in this verse. vāvā (वा)Particle: “or.” praviśepraviśe (प्रविशे)The core matches the root viś, “to enter.” pra- (“forth, forward”) + viśe. munemune (मुने)mune is used as a grammatical form in this verse.
[5.38.53@1:8] or but or
Word make-up
- pate (पते)
- The core matches the root pat, “to fall.”
- vā (वा)
- or
- Particle: “or.”
- parvatāgrāt (पर्वताग्रात्)
- parvatāgrāt is used as a grammatical form in this verse.
- tu (तु)
- but
- Particle: “but, then, now” — a turn or a slight contrast.
- jalaṃ (जलं)
- jalaṃ is used as a grammatical form in this verse.
- vā (वा)
- or
- Particle: “or.”
- praviśe (प्रविशे)
- The core matches the root viś, “to enter.” pra- (“forth, forward”) + viśe.
- mune (मुने)
- mune is used as a grammatical form in this verse.
प्रवेक्ष्याम्य् अग्निम् उज्वाल्य वत्स्ये प्रायोपवेशनम्
pravekṣyāmypravekṣyāmy (प्रवेक्ष्याम्य्)The core matches the root yā, “to go.” pra- (“forth, forward”) + vekṣyāmy. agnimagnim (अग्निम्)Inflected from agni. agni: fire, the driving fire (aṅg/ag, “to drive”). Fire as the eater and carrier of offerings. ujvālyaujvālya (उज्वाल्य)ujvālya is used as a grammatical form in this verse. vatsyevatsye (वत्स्ये)vatsye is used as a grammatical form in this verse. prāyopaveśanamprāyopaveśanam (प्रायोपवेशनम्)The core matches the root nam, “to bow.”
[5.38.53@1:9] Fire as the eater and carrier of offerings
Word make-up
- pravekṣyāmy (प्रवेक्ष्याम्य्)
- The core matches the root yā, “to go.” pra- (“forth, forward”) + vekṣyāmy.
- agnim (अग्निम्)
- Fire as the eater and carrier of offerings
- Inflected from agni. agni: fire, the driving fire (aṅg/ag, “to drive”). Fire as the eater and carrier of offerings.
- ujvālya (उज्वाल्य)
- ujvālya is used as a grammatical form in this verse.
- vatsye (वत्स्ये)
- vatsye is used as a grammatical form in this verse.
- prāyopaveśanam (प्रायोपवेशनम्)
- The core matches the root nam, “to bow.”
तं विना देवदेवेशम् इदं मे पाञ्चभौतिकम्
taṃtaṃ (तं)Accusative masculine of tad: “him, that.” vināvinā (विना)Indeclinable: “without.” devadeveśamdevadeveśam (देवदेवेशम्)The core matches the root śam, “to be calm.” idaṃidaṃ (इदं)Neuter of idam: “this” (near). meme (मे)Enclitic of asmad: “my / to me / by me,” from the stem asmad “I.” pāñcabhautikampāñcabhautikam (पाञ्चभौतिकम्)The core matches the root kam, “to desire.”
[5.38.53@1:10] him without this my
Word make-up
- taṃ (तं)
- him
- Accusative masculine of tad: “him, that.”
- vinā (विना)
- without
- Indeclinable: “without.”
- devadeveśam (देवदेवेशम्)
- The core matches the root śam, “to be calm.”
- idaṃ (इदं)
- this
- Neuter of idam: “this” (near).
- me (मे)
- my
- Enclitic of asmad: “my / to me / by me,” from the stem asmad “I.”
- pāñcabhautikam (पाञ्चभौतिकम्)
- The core matches the root kam, “to desire.”
शरीरम् इदम् अत्युग्रं कठिनं क्लिष्टकल्पनम्
śarīramśarīram (शरीरम्)From śṝ, “to crush, to break apart” (that which is liable to break), or from śri “to lean.” The breakable frame. idamidam (इदम्)Neuter of idam: “this” (near). atyugraṃatyugraṃ (अत्युग्रं)a- (“not”) + tyugraṃ. kaṭhinaṃkaṭhinaṃ (कठिनं)kaṭhinaṃ is used as a grammatical form in this verse. kliṣṭakalpanamkliṣṭakalpanam (क्लिष्टकल्पनम्)The core matches the root nam, “to bow.”
[5.38.53@1:11] the breakable frame this a- (“not”) + tyugraṃ
Word make-up
- śarīram (शरीरम्)
- the breakable frame
- From śṝ, “to crush, to break apart” (that which is liable to break), or from śri “to lean.” The breakable frame.
- idam (इदम्)
- this
- Neuter of idam: “this” (near).
- atyugraṃ (अत्युग्रं)
- a- (“not”) + tyugraṃ
- a- (“not”) + tyugraṃ.
- kaṭhinaṃ (कठिनं)
- kaṭhinaṃ is used as a grammatical form in this verse.
- kliṣṭakalpanam (क्लिष्टकल्पनम्)
- The core matches the root nam, “to bow.”
अमेध्यमूत्रसंपूर्णभाजनं परिचापलम्
amedhyamūtrasaṃpūrṇabhājanaṃamedhyamūtrasaṃpūrṇabhājanaṃ (अमेध्यमूत्रसंपूर्णभाजनं)The core matches the root jan, “to be born.” a- (“not”) + medhyamūtrasaṃpūrṇabhājanaṃ. paricāpalamparicāpalam (परिचापलम्)The core matches the root āp, “to reach.” pari- (“around”) + cāpalam.
[5.38.53@1:11.1]
Word make-up
- amedhyamūtrasaṃpūrṇabhājanaṃ (अमेध्यमूत्रसंपूर्णभाजनं)
- The core matches the root jan, “to be born.” a- (“not”) + medhyamūtrasaṃpūrṇabhājanaṃ.
- paricāpalam (परिचापलम्)
- The core matches the root āp, “to reach.” pari- (“around”) + cāpalam.
अतिकष्टं कष्टतरं जीवितुं नोत्सहे क्षणम्
atikaṣṭaṃatikaṣṭaṃ (अतिकष्टं)ati- (“beyond”) + kaṣṭaṃ. kaṣṭataraṃkaṣṭataraṃ (कष्टतरं)kaṣṭataraṃ is used as a grammatical form in this verse. jīvituṃjīvituṃ (जीवितुं)The core matches the root jīv, “to live.” notsahenotsahe (नोत्सहे)notsahe is used as a grammatical form in this verse. kṣaṇamkṣaṇam (क्षणम्)kṣaṇam is used as a grammatical form in this verse.
[5.38.53@1:12] ati- (“beyond”) + kaṣṭaṃ
Word make-up
- atikaṣṭaṃ (अतिकष्टं)
- ati- (“beyond”) + kaṣṭaṃ
- ati- (“beyond”) + kaṣṭaṃ.
- kaṣṭataraṃ (कष्टतरं)
- kaṣṭataraṃ is used as a grammatical form in this verse.
- jīvituṃ (जीवितुं)
- The core matches the root jīv, “to live.”
- notsahe (नोत्सहे)
- notsahe is used as a grammatical form in this verse.
- kṣaṇam (क्षणम्)
- kṣaṇam is used as a grammatical form in this verse.
सर्वं शून्यम् इदं विश्वं प्रतिभाति महामुने
sarvaṃsarvaṃ (सर्वं)sarva: whole, all. The entire, not a leftover. śūnyamśūnyam (शून्यम्)śūnya: empty. idaṃidaṃ (इदं)Neuter of idam: “this” (near). viśvaṃviśvaṃ (विश्वं)vi- (“apart, asunder”) joined to śvaṃ. Indeclinable: “tomorrow.” Together the form means vi + that sense. pratibhātipratibhāti (प्रतिभाति)prati- (“back, against, toward each”) + bhāti. mahāmunemahāmune (महामुने)mahāmune is used as a grammatical form in this verse.
[5.38.53@1:13] all empty this tomorrow prati- (“back, against, toward each”) + bhāti
Word make-up
- sarvaṃ (सर्वं)
- all
- sarva: whole, all. The entire, not a leftover.
- śūnyam (शून्यम्)
- empty
- śūnya: empty.
- idaṃ (इदं)
- this
- Neuter of idam: “this” (near).
- viśvaṃ (विश्वं)
- tomorrow
- vi- (“apart, asunder”) joined to śvaṃ. Indeclinable: “tomorrow.” Together the form means vi + that sense.
- pratibhāti (प्रतिभाति)
- prati- (“back, against, toward each”) + bhāti
- prati- (“back, against, toward each”) + bhāti.
- mahāmune (महामुने)
- mahāmune is used as a grammatical form in this verse.
शङ्खचक्रगदाशार्ङ्गनन्दकायुधधारिणम्
śaṅkhacakragadāśārṅganandakāyudhadhāriṇamśaṅkhacakragadāśārṅganandakāyudhadhāriṇam (शङ्खचक्रगदाशार्ङ्गनन्दकायुधधारिणम्)The core matches the root yudh, “to fight.”
[5.38.53@1:14]
Word make-up
- śaṅkhacakragadāśārṅganandakāyudhadhāriṇam (शङ्खचक्रगदाशार्ङ्गनन्दकायुधधारिणम्)
- The core matches the root yudh, “to fight.”
विना तं पुण्डरीकाक्षं देवदेवं खगध्वजम्
vināvinā (विना)Indeclinable: “without.” taṃtaṃ (तं)Accusative masculine of tad: “him, that.” puṇḍarīkākṣaṃpuṇḍarīkākṣaṃ (पुण्डरीकाक्षं)puṇḍarīka (“lotus”) + akṣa (“eye”). Lotus-eyed. devadevaṃdevadevaṃ (देवदेवं)Inflected from devadeva. deva + deva: shining one of shining ones. khagadhvajamkhagadhvajam (खगध्वजम्)khagadhvajam is used as a grammatical form in this verse.
[5.38.53@1:15] without him puṇḍarīkākṣaṃ god of gods
Word make-up
- vinā (विना)
- without
- Indeclinable: “without.”
- taṃ (तं)
- him
- Accusative masculine of tad: “him, that.”
- puṇḍarīkākṣaṃ (पुण्डरीकाक्षं)
- Lotus-eyed
- puṇḍarīka (“lotus”) + akṣa (“eye”). Lotus-eyed.
- devadevaṃ (देवदेवं)
- god of gods
- Inflected from devadeva. deva + deva: shining one of shining ones.
- khagadhvajam (खगध्वजम्)
- khagadhvajam is used as a grammatical form in this verse.
हरिविरञ्चिहरयोर् ईशं चित्रध्वजं मुने
harivirañciharayorharivirañciharayor (हरिविरञ्चिहरयोर्)harivirañciharayor is used as a grammatical form in this verse. īśaṃīśaṃ (ईशं)From īś, “to own, to be able, to rule.” Master; owner. citradhvajaṃcitradhvajaṃ (चित्रध्वजं)The core matches the root cit, “to perceive, to notice.” munemune (मुने)mune is used as a grammatical form in this verse.
[5.38.53@1:16] master
Word make-up
- harivirañciharayor (हरिविरञ्चिहरयोर्)
- harivirañciharayor is used as a grammatical form in this verse.
- īśaṃ (ईशं)
- master
- From īś, “to own, to be able, to rule.” Master; owner.
- citradhvajaṃ (चित्रध्वजं)
- The core matches the root cit, “to perceive, to notice.”
- mune (मुने)
- mune is used as a grammatical form in this verse.
अपश्यमानो जीवामि कथम् अत्र महामुने
apaśyamānoapaśyamāno (अपश्यमानो)The core matches the root mā, “to measure.” apa- (“away”) + śyamāno. jīvāmijīvāmi (जीवामि)The core matches the root jīv, “to live.” kathamkatham (कथम्)ka- + tham: “how?” atraatra (अत्र)a- + tra: “in this place.” Here. mahāmunemahāmune (महामुने)mahāmune is used as a grammatical form in this verse.
[5.38.53@1:17] how here
Word make-up
- apaśyamāno (अपश्यमानो)
- The core matches the root mā, “to measure.” apa- (“away”) + śyamāno.
- jīvāmi (जीवामि)
- The core matches the root jīv, “to live.”
- katham (कथम्)
- how
- ka- + tham: “how?”
- atra (अत्र)
- here
- a- + tra: “in this place.” Here.
- mahāmune (महामुने)
- mahāmune is used as a grammatical form in this verse.
त्वम् एवेत्थं महर्षेर् आवयो प्राणसंस्थितिम्
tvamtvam (त्वम्)Nominative of yuṣmad: “you.” evetthaṃevetthaṃ (एवेत्थं)evetthaṃ is used as a grammatical form in this verse. xxx is used as a grammatical form in this verse. maharṣermaharṣer (महर्षेर्)maharṣer is used as a grammatical form in this verse. āvayoāvayo (आवयो)ā- (“unto, fully”) + vayo. prāṇasaṃsthitimprāṇasaṃsthitim (प्राणसंस्थितिम्)The core matches the root as, “to be.”
[5.38.53@1:17.1] you ā- (“unto, fully”) + vayo
Word make-up
- tvam (त्वम्)
- you
- Nominative of yuṣmad: “you.”
- evetthaṃ (एवेत्थं)
- evetthaṃ is used as a grammatical form in this verse.
- x
- x is used as a grammatical form in this verse.
- maharṣer (महर्षेर्)
- maharṣer is used as a grammatical form in this verse.
- āvayo (आवयो)
- ā- (“unto, fully”) + vayo
- ā- (“unto, fully”) + vayo.
- prāṇasaṃsthitim (प्राणसंस्थितिम्)
- The core matches the root as, “to be.”
कथं तेन विना जिष्णुं विष्णुम् अत्यद्भुतं मुने
kathaṃkathaṃ (कथं)ka- + tham: “how?” tenatena (तेन)Instrumental of tad: “by that.” vināvinā (विना)Indeclinable: “without.” jiṣṇuṃjiṣṇuṃ (जिष्णुं)The core matches the root ji, “to conquer.” viṣṇumviṣṇum (विष्णुम्)Inflected from viṣṇu. From viṣ, “to be active, to pervade.” The pervading one. atyadbhutaṃatyadbhutaṃ (अत्यद्भुतं)The core matches the root hu, “to pour the offering.” a- (“not”) + tyadbhutaṃ. munemune (मुने)mune is used as a grammatical form in this verse.
[5.38.53@1:17.2] how by that without The pervading one
Word make-up
- kathaṃ (कथं)
- how
- ka- + tham: “how?”
- tena (तेन)
- by that
- Instrumental of tad: “by that.”
- vinā (विना)
- without
- Indeclinable: “without.”
- jiṣṇuṃ (जिष्णुं)
- The core matches the root ji, “to conquer.”
- viṣṇum (विष्णुम्)
- The pervading one
- Inflected from viṣṇu. From viṣ, “to be active, to pervade.” The pervading one.
- atyadbhutaṃ (अत्यद्भुतं)
- The core matches the root hu, “to pour the offering.” a- (“not”) + tyadbhutaṃ.
- mune (मुने)
- mune is used as a grammatical form in this verse.
यत् सर्वं तदीयम् इति लोके विश्रुतम् अद्भुतम्
yatyat (यत्)Neuter of yad: “which, what, that.” Relative stem ya-. sarvaṃsarvaṃ (सर्वं)sarva: whole, all. The entire, not a leftover. tadīyamtadīyam (तदीयम्)tadīyam is used as a grammatical form in this verse. itiiti (इति)Quotative particle: “thus” — closes speech or thought. lokeloke (लोके)From lok / ruc, “to see, to shine.” A seen-world; a realm that appears. Not just “people.” viśrutamviśrutam (विश्रुतम्)vi- (“apart, asunder”) joined to śrutam. From śru, “to hear.” Hear!; hears; having heard; heard. Together the form means vi + that sense. adbhutamadbhutam (अद्भुतम्)The core matches the root hu, “to pour the offering.” a- (“not”) + dbhutam.
[5.38.53@1:18] which all thus world hearing
Word make-up
- yat (यत्)
- which
- Neuter of yad: “which, what, that.” Relative stem ya-.
- sarvaṃ (सर्वं)
- all
- sarva: whole, all. The entire, not a leftover.
- tadīyam (तदीयम्)
- tadīyam is used as a grammatical form in this verse.
- iti (इति)
- thus
- Quotative particle: “thus” — closes speech or thought.
- loke (लोके)
- world
- From lok / ruc, “to see, to shine.” A seen-world; a realm that appears. Not just “people.”
- viśrutam (विश्रुतम्)
- hearing
- vi- (“apart, asunder”) joined to śrutam. From śru, “to hear.” Hear!; hears; having heard; heard. Together the form means vi + that sense.
- adbhutam (अद्भुतम्)
- The core matches the root hu, “to pour the offering.” a- (“not”) + dbhutam.
मदीयम् एव जानाति सत्ये नैव च मे शपे
madīyammadīyam (मदीयम्)madīyam is used as a grammatical form in this verse. evaeva (एव)Particle of restriction or emphasis: “only, just, indeed.” jānātijānāti (जानाति)From jñā, “to know.” Having known; knows; to-be-known. satyesatye (सत्ये)From sat, “being” (as, “to be”). Being-true; what is as it is. naivanaiva (नैव)na “not” + eva “just.” caca (च)Enclitic particle: “and, also.” meme (मे)Enclitic of asmad: “my / to me / by me,” from the stem asmad “I.” śapeśape (शपे)śape is used as a grammatical form in this verse.
[5.38.53@1:19] just knowing being-true not at all and my
Word make-up
- madīyam (मदीयम्)
- madīyam is used as a grammatical form in this verse.
- eva (एव)
- just
- Particle of restriction or emphasis: “only, just, indeed.”
- jānāti (जानाति)
- knowing
- From jñā, “to know.” Having known; knows; to-be-known.
- satye (सत्ये)
- being-true
- From sat, “being” (as, “to be”). Being-true; what is as it is.
- naiva (नैव)
- not at all
- na “not” + eva “just.”
- ca (च)
- and
- Enclitic particle: “and, also.”
- me (मे)
- my
- Enclitic of asmad: “my / to me / by me,” from the stem asmad “I.”
- śape (शपे)
- śape is used as a grammatical form in this verse.
विना तेनैव कृष्णेन कृष्णे जिष्णो महद्भुतम्
vināvinā (विना)Indeclinable: “without.” tenaivatenaiva (तेनैव)tenaiva is used as a grammatical form in this verse. kṛṣṇenakṛṣṇena (कृष्णेन)Inflected from kṛṣṇa. kṛṣṇa: dark, black. From kṛṣ, “to draw, to drag,” or as the dark colour. The dark one. Vocative: O Kṛṣṇa. kṛṣṇekṛṣṇe (कृष्णे)Inflected from kṛṣṇa. kṛṣṇa: dark, black. From kṛṣ, “to draw, to drag,” or as the dark colour. The dark one. Vocative: O Kṛṣṇa. jiṣṇojiṣṇo (जिष्णो)The core matches the root ji, “to conquer.” mahadbhutammahadbhutam (महद्भुतम्)The core matches the root hu, “to pour the offering.”
[5.38.53@1:19.3] without Vocative: O Kṛṣṇa Vocative: O Kṛṣṇa
Word make-up
- vinā (विना)
- without
- Indeclinable: “without.”
- tenaiva (तेनैव)
- tenaiva is used as a grammatical form in this verse.
- kṛṣṇena (कृष्णेन)
- Vocative: O Kṛṣṇa
- Inflected from kṛṣṇa. kṛṣṇa: dark, black. From kṛṣ, “to draw, to drag,” or as the dark colour. The dark one. Vocative: O Kṛṣṇa.
- kṛṣṇe (कृष्णे)
- Vocative: O Kṛṣṇa
- Inflected from kṛṣṇa. kṛṣṇa: dark, black. From kṛṣ, “to draw, to drag,” or as the dark colour. The dark one. Vocative: O Kṛṣṇa.
- jiṣṇo (जिष्णो)
- The core matches the root ji, “to conquer.”
- mahadbhutam (महद्भुतम्)
- The core matches the root hu, “to pour the offering.”
क्रूरे ऽस्मिञ् जगति क्रूरः सोढुं जीवं महामुने
krūrekrūre (क्रूरे)krūre is used as a grammatical form in this verse. 'smiñ'smiñ (ऽस्मिञ्)'smiñ is used as a grammatical form in this verse. jagatijagati (जगति)From gam, “to go” (intensive): that which keeps going, the moving world. krūraḥkrūraḥ (क्रूरः)krūraḥ is used as a grammatical form in this verse. soḍhuṃsoḍhuṃ (सोढुं)The core matches the root hu, “to pour the offering.” jīvaṃjīvaṃ (जीवं)From jīv, “to live.” The living one. mahāmunemahāmune (महामुने)mahāmune is used as a grammatical form in this verse.
[5.38.53@1:20] the moving world the living one
Word make-up
- krūre (क्रूरे)
- krūre is used as a grammatical form in this verse.
- 'smiñ (ऽस्मिञ्)
- 'smiñ is used as a grammatical form in this verse.
- jagati (जगति)
- the moving world
- From gam, “to go” (intensive): that which keeps going, the moving world.
- krūraḥ (क्रूरः)
- krūraḥ is used as a grammatical form in this verse.
- soḍhuṃ (सोढुं)
- The core matches the root hu, “to pour the offering.”
- jīvaṃ (जीवं)
- the living one
- From jīv, “to live.” The living one.
- mahāmune (महामुने)
- mahāmune is used as a grammatical form in this verse.
न शक्नोमि हरेः पद्भ्यां शपे तस्य महात्मनः
nana (न)Negation: “not.” śaknomiśaknomi (शक्नोमि)The core matches the root śak, “to be able.” hareḥhareḥ (हरेः)hareḥ is used as a grammatical form in this verse. padbhyāṃpadbhyāṃ (पद्भ्यां)The core matches the root pad, “to go, to fall.” śapeśape (शपे)śape is used as a grammatical form in this verse. tasyatasya (तस्य)Genitive of tad: “of that, his.” mahātmanaḥmahātmanaḥ (महात्मनः)The core matches the root man, “to think.”
[5.38.53@1:21] not of that
Word make-up
- na (न)
- not
- Negation: “not.”
- śaknomi (शक्नोमि)
- The core matches the root śak, “to be able.”
- hareḥ (हरेः)
- hareḥ is used as a grammatical form in this verse.
- padbhyāṃ (पद्भ्यां)
- The core matches the root pad, “to go, to fall.”
- śape (शपे)
- śape is used as a grammatical form in this verse.
- tasya (तस्य)
- of that
- Genitive of tad: “of that, his.”
- mahātmanaḥ (महात्मनः)
- The core matches the root man, “to think.”
अलं ते व्रीडया पार्थ न त्वं शोचितुम् अर्हसि अवेहि सर्वभूतेषु कालस्य गतिर् ईदृशी
alaṃalaṃ (अलं)a- (“not”) + laṃ. tete (ते)Enclitic of yuṣmad (“your / to you”) or nominative plural of tad (“they”). Sense follows the verse. vrīḍayāvrīḍayā (व्रीडया)The core matches the root yā, “to go.” pārthapārtha (पार्थ)pārtha: son of Pṛthā (Kuntī). A patronym, not a mystical title. nana (न)Negation: “not.” tvaṃtvaṃ (त्वं)Nominative of yuṣmad: “you.” śocitumśocitum (शोचितुम्)The core matches the root cit, “to perceive, to notice.” arhasiarhasi (अर्हसि)From arh, “to be worth, to be able, to ought.” You are able / you ought. avehiavehi (अवेहि)a- (“not”) + vehi. sarvabhūteṣusarvabhūteṣu (सर्वभूतेषु)The core matches the root bhū, “to be, to come to be.” kālasyakālasya (कालस्य)Inflected from kāla. kāla: time; also “the dark, the calculating.” Time as what counts out and cuts off. gatirgatir (गतिर्)gatir is used as a grammatical form in this verse. īdṛśīīdṛśī (ईदृशी)The core matches the root dṛś, “to see.”
[5.38.54] a- (“not”) + laṃ you pārtha not you you ought a- (“not”) + vehi time
Word make-up
- alaṃ (अलं)
- a- (“not”) + laṃ
- a- (“not”) + laṃ.
- te (ते)
- you
- Enclitic of yuṣmad (“your / to you”) or nominative plural of tad (“they”). Sense follows the verse.
- vrīḍayā (व्रीडया)
- The core matches the root yā, “to go.”
- pārtha (पार्थ)
- A patronym, not a mystical title
- pārtha: son of Pṛthā (Kuntī). A patronym, not a mystical title.
- na (न)
- not
- Negation: “not.”
- tvaṃ (त्वं)
- you
- Nominative of yuṣmad: “you.”
- śocitum (शोचितुम्)
- The core matches the root cit, “to perceive, to notice.”
- arhasi (अर्हसि)
- you ought
- From arh, “to be worth, to be able, to ought.” You are able / you ought.
- avehi (अवेहि)
- a- (“not”) + vehi
- a- (“not”) + vehi.
- sarvabhūteṣu (सर्वभूतेषु)
- The core matches the root bhū, “to be, to come to be.”
- kālasya (कालस्य)
- time
- Inflected from kāla. kāla: time; also “the dark, the calculating.” Time as what counts out and cuts off.
- gatir (गतिर्)
- gatir is used as a grammatical form in this verse.
- īdṛśī (ईदृशी)
- The core matches the root dṛś, “to see.”
कालो भवाय भूतानाम् अभावाय च पाण्डव कालमूलम् इदं ज्ञात्वा भव स्थैर्यधनो ऽर्जुन
kālokālo (कालो)Inflected from kāla. kāla: time; also “the dark, the calculating.” Time as what counts out and cuts off. bhavāyabhavāya (भवाय)Inflected from bhava. Imperative of bhū: “be, become.” Also a noun: coming-to-be. bhūtānāmbhūtānām (भूतानाम्)Inflected from bhūta. Past participle of bhū: “what has come to be; a being.” abhāvāyaabhāvāya (अभावाय)a- (“not”) joined to bhāvāya. From bhū, “to be, to come to be.” Coming-to-be; a state of being. Together the form means a + that sense. caca (च)Enclitic particle: “and, also.” pāṇḍavapāṇḍava (पाण्डव)Descendants of Pāṇḍu (pāṇḍu “pale”). The pale-king’s sons. kālamūlamkālamūlam (कालमूलम्)kālamūlam is used as a grammatical form in this verse. idaṃidaṃ (इदं)Neuter of idam: “this” (near). jñātvājñātvā (ज्ञात्वा)From jñā, “to know.” Having known; knows; to-be-known. bhavabhava (भव)Imperative of bhū: “be, become.” Also a noun: coming-to-be. sthairyadhanosthairyadhano (स्थैर्यधनो)The core matches the root han, “to strike.” 'rjuna'rjuna (ऽर्जुन)'rjuna is used as a grammatical form in this verse.
[5.38.55] time be what has come to be not coming-to-be and pāṇḍava this knowing be
Word make-up
- kālo (कालो)
- time
- Inflected from kāla. kāla: time; also “the dark, the calculating.” Time as what counts out and cuts off.
- bhavāya (भवाय)
- be
- Inflected from bhava. Imperative of bhū: “be, become.” Also a noun: coming-to-be.
- bhūtānām (भूतानाम्)
- what has come to be
- Inflected from bhūta. Past participle of bhū: “what has come to be; a being.”
- abhāvāya (अभावाय)
- not coming-to-be
- a- (“not”) joined to bhāvāya. From bhū, “to be, to come to be.” Coming-to-be; a state of being. Together the form means a + that sense.
- ca (च)
- and
- Enclitic particle: “and, also.”
- pāṇḍava (पाण्डव)
- The pale-king’s sons
- Descendants of Pāṇḍu (pāṇḍu “pale”). The pale-king’s sons.
- kālamūlam (कालमूलम्)
- kālamūlam is used as a grammatical form in this verse.
- idaṃ (इदं)
- this
- Neuter of idam: “this” (near).
- jñātvā (ज्ञात्वा)
- knowing
- From jñā, “to know.” Having known; knows; to-be-known.
- bhava (भव)
- be
- Imperative of bhū: “be, become.” Also a noun: coming-to-be.
- sthairyadhano (स्थैर्यधनो)
- The core matches the root han, “to strike.”
- 'rjuna (ऽर्जुन)
- 'rjuna is used as a grammatical form in this verse.
नद्यः समुद्रा गिरयः सकला च वसुंधरा देवा मनुष्याः पशवस् तरवः ससरीसृपाः
nadyaḥnadyaḥ (नद्यः)nadyaḥ is used as a grammatical form in this verse. samudrāsamudrā (समुद्रा)The core matches the root mud, “to be glad.” sam- (“together”) + udrā. girayaḥgirayaḥ (गिरयः)girayaḥ is used as a grammatical form in this verse. sakalāsakalā (सकला)sakalā is used as a grammatical form in this verse. caca (च)Enclitic particle: “and, also.” vasuṃdharāvasuṃdharā (वसुंधरा)The core matches the root vas, “to dwell.” devādevā (देवा)From div, “to shine.” A shining one; a god as a shining being, not a generic “God.” manuṣyāḥmanuṣyāḥ (मनुष्याः)The core matches the root man, “to think.” paśavaspaśavas (पशवस्)The core matches the root vas, “to dwell.” taravaḥtaravaḥ (तरवः)taravaḥ is used as a grammatical form in this verse. sasarīsṛpāḥsasarīsṛpāḥ (ससरीसृपाः)The core matches the root sṛ, “to flow.”
[5.38.56] and shining one
Word make-up
- nadyaḥ (नद्यः)
- nadyaḥ is used as a grammatical form in this verse.
- samudrā (समुद्रा)
- The core matches the root mud, “to be glad.” sam- (“together”) + udrā.
- girayaḥ (गिरयः)
- girayaḥ is used as a grammatical form in this verse.
- sakalā (सकला)
- sakalā is used as a grammatical form in this verse.
- ca (च)
- and
- Enclitic particle: “and, also.”
- vasuṃdharā (वसुंधरा)
- The core matches the root vas, “to dwell.”
- devā (देवा)
- shining one
- From div, “to shine.” A shining one; a god as a shining being, not a generic “God.”
- manuṣyāḥ (मनुष्याः)
- The core matches the root man, “to think.”
- paśavas (पशवस्)
- The core matches the root vas, “to dwell.”
- taravaḥ (तरवः)
- taravaḥ is used as a grammatical form in this verse.
- sasarīsṛpāḥ (ससरीसृपाः)
- The core matches the root sṛ, “to flow.”
सृष्टाः कालेन कालेन पुनर् यास्यन्ति संक्षयम् कालात्मकम् इदं सर्वं ज्ञात्वा शमम् अवाप्नुहि
sṛṣṭāḥsṛṣṭāḥ (सृष्टाः)The core matches the root sṛ, “to flow.” kālenakālena (कालेन)kāla: time; also “the dark, the calculating.” Time as what counts out and cuts off. kālenakālena (कालेन)kāla: time; also “the dark, the calculating.” Time as what counts out and cuts off. punarpunar (पुनर्)Adverb: “again, back.” yāsyantiyāsyanti (यास्यन्ति)The core matches the root ās, “to sit.” saṃkṣayamsaṃkṣayam (संक्षयम्)saṃ- (“together”) + kṣayam. kālātmakamkālātmakam (कालात्मकम्)The core matches the root kam, “to desire.” idaṃidaṃ (इदं)Neuter of idam: “this” (near). sarvaṃsarvaṃ (सर्वं)sarva: whole, all. The entire, not a leftover. jñātvājñātvā (ज्ञात्वा)From jñā, “to know.” Having known; knows; to-be-known. śamamśamam (शमम्)From śam, “to be calm, to finish.” Quieting. avāpnuhiavāpnuhi (अवाप्नुहि)The core matches the root āp, “to reach.” a- (“not”) + vāpnuhi.
[5.38.57] time time again saṃ- (“together”) + kṣayam this all knowing quieting
Word make-up
- sṛṣṭāḥ (सृष्टाः)
- The core matches the root sṛ, “to flow.”
- kālena (कालेन)
- time
- kāla: time; also “the dark, the calculating.” Time as what counts out and cuts off.
- kālena (कालेन)
- time
- kāla: time; also “the dark, the calculating.” Time as what counts out and cuts off.
- punar (पुनर्)
- again
- Adverb: “again, back.”
- yāsyanti (यास्यन्ति)
- The core matches the root ās, “to sit.”
- saṃkṣayam (संक्षयम्)
- saṃ- (“together”) + kṣayam
- saṃ- (“together”) + kṣayam.
- kālātmakam (कालात्मकम्)
- The core matches the root kam, “to desire.”
- idaṃ (इदं)
- this
- Neuter of idam: “this” (near).
- sarvaṃ (सर्वं)
- all
- sarva: whole, all. The entire, not a leftover.
- jñātvā (ज्ञात्वा)
- knowing
- From jñā, “to know.” Having known; knows; to-be-known.
- śamam (शमम्)
- quieting
- From śam, “to be calm, to finish.” Quieting.
- avāpnuhi (अवाप्नुहि)
- The core matches the root āp, “to reach.” a- (“not”) + vāpnuhi.
कालस्वरूपी भगवान् कृष्णः कमललोचनः
kālasvarūpīkālasvarūpī (कालस्वरूपी)The core matches the root as, “to be.” bhagavānbhagavān (भगवान्)bhaga (“share, portion, majesty,” from bhaj “to share”) + -vant “possessing.” One who has the share of majesty. The Lord as the one possessed of majesty, not a first name. kṛṣṇaḥkṛṣṇaḥ (कृष्णः)kṛṣṇa: dark, black. From kṛṣ, “to draw, to drag,” or as the dark colour. The dark one. Vocative: O Kṛṣṇa. kamalalocanaḥkamalalocanaḥ (कमललोचनः)The core matches the root kam, “to desire.”
[5.38.57.87] the Lord Vocative: O Kṛṣṇa
Word make-up
- kālasvarūpī (कालस्वरूपी)
- The core matches the root as, “to be.”
- bhagavān (भगवान्)
- the Lord
- bhaga (“share, portion, majesty,” from bhaj “to share”) + -vant “possessing.” One who has the share of majesty. The Lord as the one possessed of majesty, not a first name.
- kṛṣṇaḥ (कृष्णः)
- Vocative: O Kṛṣṇa
- kṛṣṇa: dark, black. From kṛṣ, “to draw, to drag,” or as the dark colour. The dark one. Vocative: O Kṛṣṇa.
- kamalalocanaḥ (कमललोचनः)
- The core matches the root kam, “to desire.”
यच् चात्थ कृष्णमाहात्म्यं तत् तथैव धनंजय भारावतारकार्यार्थम् अवतीर्णः स मेदिनीम्
yacyac (यच्)yac is used as a grammatical form in this verse. cātthacāttha (चात्थ)cāttha is used as a grammatical form in this verse. kṛṣṇamāhātmyaṃkṛṣṇamāhātmyaṃ (कृष्णमाहात्म्यं)The core matches the root kṛṣ, “to drag, to plough.” tattat (तत्)Neuter of tad: “that.” From the demonstrative stem ta-. tathaivatathaiva (तथैव)tathā + eva: just so, likewise. dhanaṃjayadhanaṃjaya (धनंजय)The core matches the root han, “to strike.” bhārāvatārakāryārthambhārāvatārakāryārtham (भारावतारकार्यार्थम्)The core matches the root yā, “to go.” avatīrṇaḥavatīrṇaḥ (अवतीर्णः)ava- (“down, off”) + tīrṇaḥ. sasa (स)Nominative singular masculine of tad: “he, that one.” medinīmmedinīm (मेदिनीम्)The core matches the root nī, “to lead.”
[5.38.58] that likewise ava- (“down, off”) + tīrṇaḥ he
Word make-up
- yac (यच्)
- yac is used as a grammatical form in this verse.
- cāttha (चात्थ)
- cāttha is used as a grammatical form in this verse.
- kṛṣṇamāhātmyaṃ (कृष्णमाहात्म्यं)
- The core matches the root kṛṣ, “to drag, to plough.”
- tat (तत्)
- that
- Neuter of tad: “that.” From the demonstrative stem ta-.
- tathaiva (तथैव)
- likewise
- tathā + eva: just so, likewise.
- dhanaṃjaya (धनंजय)
- The core matches the root han, “to strike.”
- bhārāvatārakāryārtham (भारावतारकार्यार्थम्)
- The core matches the root yā, “to go.”
- avatīrṇaḥ (अवतीर्णः)
- ava- (“down, off”) + tīrṇaḥ
- ava- (“down, off”) + tīrṇaḥ.
- sa (स)
- he
- Nominative singular masculine of tad: “he, that one.”
- medinīm (मेदिनीम्)
- The core matches the root nī, “to lead.”
भाराक्रान्ता धरा याता देवानां समितिं पुरा तदर्थम् अवतीर्णो ऽसौ कालरूपी जनार्दनः
bhārākrāntābhārākrāntā (भाराक्रान्ता)bhārākrāntā is used as a grammatical form in this verse. dharādharā (धरा)dharā is used as a grammatical form in this verse. yātāyātā (याता)The core matches the root yā, “to go.” devānāṃdevānāṃ (देवानां)From div, “to shine.” A shining one; a god as a shining being, not a generic “God.” samitiṃsamitiṃ (समितिं)sam- (“together”) joined to itiṃ. Quotative particle: “thus” — closes speech or thought. Together the form means sam + that sense. purāpurā (पुरा)Indeclinable: “formerly, of old.” tadarthamtadartham (तदर्थम्)tadartham is used as a grammatical form in this verse. avatīrṇoavatīrṇo (अवतीर्णो)ava- (“down, off”) + tīrṇo. 'sau'sau (ऽसौ)'sau is used as a grammatical form in this verse. kālarūpīkālarūpī (कालरूपी)kālarūpī is used as a grammatical form in this verse. janārdanaḥjanārdanaḥ (जनार्दनः)jana (“people,” jan “to be born”) + ardana (ard, “to agitate, to distress”). Agitator of people; or destroyer of the wicked among men. A name of Kṛṣṇa.
[5.38.59] shining one thus formerly ava- (“down, off”) + tīrṇo janārdanaḥ
Word make-up
- bhārākrāntā (भाराक्रान्ता)
- bhārākrāntā is used as a grammatical form in this verse.
- dharā (धरा)
- dharā is used as a grammatical form in this verse.
- yātā (याता)
- The core matches the root yā, “to go.”
- devānāṃ (देवानां)
- shining one
- From div, “to shine.” A shining one; a god as a shining being, not a generic “God.”
- samitiṃ (समितिं)
- thus
- sam- (“together”) joined to itiṃ. Quotative particle: “thus” — closes speech or thought. Together the form means sam + that sense.
- purā (पुरा)
- formerly
- Indeclinable: “formerly, of old.”
- tadartham (तदर्थम्)
- tadartham is used as a grammatical form in this verse.
- avatīrṇo (अवतीर्णो)
- ava- (“down, off”) + tīrṇo
- ava- (“down, off”) + tīrṇo.
- 'sau (ऽसौ)
- 'sau is used as a grammatical form in this verse.
- kālarūpī (कालरूपी)
- kālarūpī is used as a grammatical form in this verse.
- janārdanaḥ (जनार्दनः)
- A name of Kṛṣṇa
- jana (“people,” jan “to be born”) + ardana (ard, “to agitate, to distress”). Agitator of people; or destroyer of the wicked among men. A name of Kṛṣṇa.
तच् च निष्पादितं कार्यम् अशेषा भूभृतो हताः वृष्ण्यन्धककुलं सर्वं तथा पार्थोपसंहृतम्
tactac (तच्)tac is used as a grammatical form in this verse. caca (च)Enclitic particle: “and, also.” niṣpāditaṃniṣpāditaṃ (निष्पादितं)The core matches the root pā, “to protect / to drink.” niṣ- (“out, without”) + pāditaṃ. kāryamkāryam (कार्यम्)Gerundive of kṛ: what is to be done; the effect as “that which is to-be-made.” aśeṣāaśeṣā (अशेषा)a- (“not”) + śeṣā. bhūbhṛtobhūbhṛto (भूभृतो)The core matches the root bhṛ, “to bear.” hatāḥhatāḥ (हताः)Inflected from hata. From han, “to strike, to slay.” Strikes; is struck; to slay; having slain. vṛṣṇyandhakakulaṃvṛṣṇyandhakakulaṃ (वृष्ण्यन्धककुलं)The core matches the root vṛ, “to cover / to choose.” sarvaṃsarvaṃ (सर्वं)sarva: whole, all. The entire, not a leftover. tathātathā (तथा)ta- + thā: “in that way, so.” pārthopasaṃhṛtampārthopasaṃhṛtam (पार्थोपसंहृतम्)The core matches the root pā, “to protect / to drink.”
[5.38.60] and what-is-to-be-done a- (“not”) + śeṣā striking all so
Word make-up
- tac (तच्)
- tac is used as a grammatical form in this verse.
- ca (च)
- and
- Enclitic particle: “and, also.”
- niṣpāditaṃ (निष्पादितं)
- The core matches the root pā, “to protect / to drink.” niṣ- (“out, without”) + pāditaṃ.
- kāryam (कार्यम्)
- what-is-to-be-done
- Gerundive of kṛ: what is to be done; the effect as “that which is to-be-made.”
- aśeṣā (अशेषा)
- a- (“not”) + śeṣā
- a- (“not”) + śeṣā.
- bhūbhṛto (भूभृतो)
- The core matches the root bhṛ, “to bear.”
- hatāḥ (हताः)
- striking
- Inflected from hata. From han, “to strike, to slay.” Strikes; is struck; to slay; having slain.
- vṛṣṇyandhakakulaṃ (वृष्ण्यन्धककुलं)
- The core matches the root vṛ, “to cover / to choose.”
- sarvaṃ (सर्वं)
- all
- sarva: whole, all. The entire, not a leftover.
- tathā (तथा)
- so
- ta- + thā: “in that way, so.”
- pārthopasaṃhṛtam (पार्थोपसंहृतम्)
- The core matches the root pā, “to protect / to drink.”
न किंचिद् अन्यत् कर्तव्यम् अस्य भूमितले प्रभोः अतो गतः स भगवान् कृतकृत्यो यथेच्छया
nana (न)Negation: “not.” kiṃcidkiṃcid (किंचिद्)kiṃcid is used as a grammatical form in this verse. anyatanyat (अन्यत्)an- (“not,” before vowels) joined to yat. Neuter of yad: “which, what, that.” Relative stem ya-. Together the form means an + that sense. kartavyamkartavyam (कर्तव्यम्)kartavyam is used as a grammatical form in this verse. asyaasya (अस्य)Genitive of idam: “of this.” bhūmitalebhūmitale (भूमितले)The core matches the root bhū, “to be, to come to be.” prabhoḥprabhoḥ (प्रभोः)pra- (“forth, forward”) + bhoḥ. atoato (अतो)Inflected from ata. From idam/a-tas: “hence, therefore.” gataḥgataḥ (गतः)From gam / yā, “to go.” Goes; they go; having gone; gone; he goes. sasa (स)Nominative singular masculine of tad: “he, that one.” bhagavānbhagavān (भगवान्)bhaga (“share, portion, majesty,” from bhaj “to share”) + -vant “possessing.” One who has the share of majesty. The Lord as the one possessed of majesty, not a first name. kṛtakṛtyokṛtakṛtyo (कृतकृत्यो)The core matches the root kṛ, “to do, to make.” yathecchayāyathecchayā (यथेच्छया)The core matches the root yā, “to go.”
[5.38.61] not not which of this pra- (“forth, forward”) + bhoḥ hence going he the Lord
Word make-up
- na (न)
- not
- Negation: “not.”
- kiṃcid (किंचिद्)
- kiṃcid is used as a grammatical form in this verse.
- anyat (अन्यत्)
- not which
- an- (“not,” before vowels) joined to yat. Neuter of yad: “which, what, that.” Relative stem ya-. Together the form means an + that sense.
- kartavyam (कर्तव्यम्)
- kartavyam is used as a grammatical form in this verse.
- asya (अस्य)
- of this
- Genitive of idam: “of this.”
- bhūmitale (भूमितले)
- The core matches the root bhū, “to be, to come to be.”
- prabhoḥ (प्रभोः)
- pra- (“forth, forward”) + bhoḥ
- pra- (“forth, forward”) + bhoḥ.
- ato (अतो)
- hence
- Inflected from ata. From idam/a-tas: “hence, therefore.”
- gataḥ (गतः)
- going
- From gam / yā, “to go.” Goes; they go; having gone; gone; he goes.
- sa (स)
- he
- Nominative singular masculine of tad: “he, that one.”
- bhagavān (भगवान्)
- the Lord
- bhaga (“share, portion, majesty,” from bhaj “to share”) + -vant “possessing.” One who has the share of majesty. The Lord as the one possessed of majesty, not a first name.
- kṛtakṛtyo (कृतकृत्यो)
- The core matches the root kṛ, “to do, to make.”
- yathecchayā (यथेच्छया)
- The core matches the root yā, “to go.”
सृष्टिं सर्गे करोत्य् एष देवदेवः स्थितौ स्थितिम् अन्ते ऽन्ताय समर्थो ऽयं साम्प्रतं वै यथा कृतम्
sṛṣṭiṃsṛṣṭiṃ (सृष्टिं)The core matches the root sṛ, “to flow.” sargesarge (सर्गे)sarge is used as a grammatical form in this verse. karotykaroty (करोत्य्)karoty is used as a grammatical form in this verse. eṣaeṣa (एष)Masculine of etad: “this one.” devadevaḥdevadevaḥ (देवदेवः)deva + deva: shining one of shining ones. sthitausthitau (स्थितौ)Inflected from sthita. From sthā, “to stand.” Standing-place; stood; having stood; stands. sthitimsthitim (स्थितिम्)Inflected from sthita. From sthā, “to stand.” Standing-place; stood; having stood; stands. anteante (अन्ते)anta: end, edge, death as the end. The limit. 'ntāya'ntāya (ऽन्ताय)'ntāya is used as a grammatical form in this verse. samarthosamartho (समर्थो)sam- (“together”) joined to artho. artha: aim, meaning, wealth as what is sought. From a root of going-toward. That-for-which. Together the form means sam + that sense. 'yaṃ'yaṃ (ऽयं)'yaṃ is used as a grammatical form in this verse. sāmprataṃsāmprataṃ (साम्प्रतं)sāmprataṃ is used as a grammatical form in this verse. vaivai (वै)Particle of emphasis: “indeed.” yathāyathā (यथा)ya- + thā: “in which way, as.” kṛtamkṛtam (कृतम्)The core matches the root kṛ, “to do, to make.”
[5.38.62] this one god of gods standing standing end aim indeed as
Word make-up
- sṛṣṭiṃ (सृष्टिं)
- The core matches the root sṛ, “to flow.”
- sarge (सर्गे)
- sarge is used as a grammatical form in this verse.
- karoty (करोत्य्)
- karoty is used as a grammatical form in this verse.
- eṣa (एष)
- this one
- Masculine of etad: “this one.”
- devadevaḥ (देवदेवः)
- god of gods
- deva + deva: shining one of shining ones.
- sthitau (स्थितौ)
- standing
- Inflected from sthita. From sthā, “to stand.” Standing-place; stood; having stood; stands.
- sthitim (स्थितिम्)
- standing
- Inflected from sthita. From sthā, “to stand.” Standing-place; stood; having stood; stands.
- ante (अन्ते)
- end
- anta: end, edge, death as the end. The limit.
- 'ntāya (ऽन्ताय)
- 'ntāya is used as a grammatical form in this verse.
- samartho (समर्थो)
- aim
- sam- (“together”) joined to artho. artha: aim, meaning, wealth as what is sought. From a root of going-toward. That-for-which. Together the form means sam + that sense.
- 'yaṃ (ऽयं)
- 'yaṃ is used as a grammatical form in this verse.
- sāmprataṃ (साम्प्रतं)
- sāmprataṃ is used as a grammatical form in this verse.
- vai (वै)
- indeed
- Particle of emphasis: “indeed.”
- yathā (यथा)
- as
- ya- + thā: “in which way, as.”
- kṛtam (कृतम्)
- The core matches the root kṛ, “to do, to make.”
तस्मात् पार्थ न संतापस् त्वया कार्यः पराभवात् भवन्ति भवकालेषु पुरुषाणां पराक्रमाः
tasmāttasmāt (तस्मात्)Ablative of tad: “from that”; often “therefore.” pārthapārtha (पार्थ)pārtha: son of Pṛthā (Kuntī). A patronym, not a mystical title. nana (न)Negation: “not.” saṃtāpassaṃtāpas (संतापस्)The core matches the root āp, “to reach.” saṃ- (“together”) + tāpas. tvayātvayā (त्वया)Instrumental of yuṣmad: “by you.” kāryaḥkāryaḥ (कार्यः)Gerundive of kṛ: what is to be done; the effect as “that which is to-be-made.” parābhavātparābhavāt (पराभवात्)parā- (“away, forth beyond”) + bhavāt. bhavantibhavanti (भवन्ति)The core matches the root an, “to breathe.” bhavakāleṣubhavakāleṣu (भवकालेषु)bhavakāleṣu is used as a grammatical form in this verse. puruṣāṇāṃpuruṣāṇāṃ (पुरुषाणां)puruṣāṇāṃ is used as a grammatical form in this verse. parākramāḥparākramāḥ (पराक्रमाः)The core matches the root kram, “to step.” parā- (“away, forth beyond”) + kramāḥ.
[5.38.63] therefore pārtha not by you what-is-to-be-done parā- (“away, forth beyond”) + bhavāt
Word make-up
- tasmāt (तस्मात्)
- therefore
- Ablative of tad: “from that”; often “therefore.”
- pārtha (पार्थ)
- A patronym, not a mystical title
- pārtha: son of Pṛthā (Kuntī). A patronym, not a mystical title.
- na (न)
- not
- Negation: “not.”
- saṃtāpas (संतापस्)
- The core matches the root āp, “to reach.” saṃ- (“together”) + tāpas.
- tvayā (त्वया)
- by you
- Instrumental of yuṣmad: “by you.”
- kāryaḥ (कार्यः)
- what-is-to-be-done
- Gerundive of kṛ: what is to be done; the effect as “that which is to-be-made.”
- parābhavāt (पराभवात्)
- parā- (“away, forth beyond”) + bhavāt
- parā- (“away, forth beyond”) + bhavāt.
- bhavanti (भवन्ति)
- The core matches the root an, “to breathe.”
- bhavakāleṣu (भवकालेषु)
- bhavakāleṣu is used as a grammatical form in this verse.
- puruṣāṇāṃ (पुरुषाणां)
- puruṣāṇāṃ is used as a grammatical form in this verse.
- parākramāḥ (पराक्रमाः)
- The core matches the root kram, “to step.” parā- (“away, forth beyond”) + kramāḥ.
त्वयैकेन हता भीष्मद्रोणकर्णादयो नृपाः तेषाम् अर्जुन कालोत्थः किं न्यूनाभिभवो न सः
tvayaikenatvayaikena (त्वयैकेन)tvayaikena is used as a grammatical form in this verse. hatāhatā (हता)Inflected from hata. From han, “to strike, to slay.” Strikes; is struck; to slay; having slain. bhīṣmadroṇakarṇādayobhīṣmadroṇakarṇādayo (भीष्मद्रोणकर्णादयो)The core matches the root bhī, “to fear.” nṛpāḥnṛpāḥ (नृपाः)The core matches the root pā, “to protect / to drink.” teṣāmteṣām (तेषाम्)Genitive plural of tad: “of them.” arjunaarjuna (अर्जुन)arjuna: white, silvery, clear. From a root of brightness (raj/arg). The Pāṇḍava named for that brightness. Vocative arjuna: O Arjuna. kālotthaḥkālotthaḥ (कालोत्थः)kālotthaḥ is used as a grammatical form in this verse. kiṃkiṃ (किं)Neuter interrogative: “what? why?” nyūnābhibhavonyūnābhibhavo (न्यूनाभिभवो)nyūnābhibhavo is used as a grammatical form in this verse. nana (न)Negation: “not.” saḥsaḥ (सः)Nominative singular masculine of tad: “he, that one.”
[5.38.64] striking of them arjuna what not he
Word make-up
- tvayaikena (त्वयैकेन)
- tvayaikena is used as a grammatical form in this verse.
- hatā (हता)
- striking
- Inflected from hata. From han, “to strike, to slay.” Strikes; is struck; to slay; having slain.
- bhīṣmadroṇakarṇādayo (भीष्मद्रोणकर्णादयो)
- The core matches the root bhī, “to fear.”
- nṛpāḥ (नृपाः)
- The core matches the root pā, “to protect / to drink.”
- teṣām (तेषाम्)
- of them
- Genitive plural of tad: “of them.”
- arjuna (अर्जुन)
- Vocative arjuna: O Arjuna
- arjuna: white, silvery, clear. From a root of brightness (raj/arg). The Pāṇḍava named for that brightness. Vocative arjuna: O Arjuna.
- kālotthaḥ (कालोत्थः)
- kālotthaḥ is used as a grammatical form in this verse.
- kiṃ (किं)
- what
- Neuter interrogative: “what? why?”
- nyūnābhibhavo (न्यूनाभिभवो)
- nyūnābhibhavo is used as a grammatical form in this verse.
- na (न)
- not
- Negation: “not.”
- saḥ (सः)
- he
- Nominative singular masculine of tad: “he, that one.”
वैकुण्ठाद् आगतो विष्णुस् तम् एव गतवान् प्रभुः
vaikuṇṭhādvaikuṇṭhād (वैकुण्ठाद्)vaikuṇṭhād is used as a grammatical form in this verse. āgatoāgato (आगतो)ā- (“unto, fully”) joined to gato. From gam / yā, “to go.” Goes; they go; having gone; gone; he goes. Together the form means ā + that sense. viṣṇusviṣṇus (विष्णुस्)From viṣ, “to be active, to pervade.” The pervading one. tamtam (तम्)Accusative masculine of tad: “him, that.” evaeva (एव)Particle of restriction or emphasis: “only, just, indeed.” gatavāngatavān (गतवान्)gatavān is used as a grammatical form in this verse. prabhuḥprabhuḥ (प्रभुः)The core matches the root hu, “to pour the offering.” pra- (“forth, forward”) + bhuḥ.
[5.38.64.88:1] going The pervading one him just
Word make-up
- vaikuṇṭhād (वैकुण्ठाद्)
- vaikuṇṭhād is used as a grammatical form in this verse.
- āgato (आगतो)
- going
- ā- (“unto, fully”) joined to gato. From gam / yā, “to go.” Goes; they go; having gone; gone; he goes. Together the form means ā + that sense.
- viṣṇus (विष्णुस्)
- The pervading one
- From viṣ, “to be active, to pervade.” The pervading one.
- tam (तम्)
- him
- Accusative masculine of tad: “him, that.”
- eva (एव)
- just
- Particle of restriction or emphasis: “only, just, indeed.”
- gatavān (गतवान्)
- gatavān is used as a grammatical form in this verse.
- prabhuḥ (प्रभुः)
- The core matches the root hu, “to pour the offering.” pra- (“forth, forward”) + bhuḥ.
तस्मात् पार्थ न शोचस् त्वम् अशोच्यो भगवान् हरिः
tasmāttasmāt (तस्मात्)Ablative of tad: “from that”; often “therefore.” pārthapārtha (पार्थ)pārtha: son of Pṛthā (Kuntī). A patronym, not a mystical title. nana (न)Negation: “not.” śocasśocas (शोचस्)The core matches the root as, “to be.” tvamtvam (त्वम्)Nominative of yuṣmad: “you.” aśocyoaśocyo (अशोच्यो)a- (“not”) + śocyo. bhagavānbhagavān (भगवान्)bhaga (“share, portion, majesty,” from bhaj “to share”) + -vant “possessing.” One who has the share of majesty. The Lord as the one possessed of majesty, not a first name. hariḥhariḥ (हरिः)hariḥ is used as a grammatical form in this verse.
[5.38.64.88:2] therefore pārtha not you a- (“not”) + śocyo the Lord
Word make-up
- tasmāt (तस्मात्)
- therefore
- Ablative of tad: “from that”; often “therefore.”
- pārtha (पार्थ)
- A patronym, not a mystical title
- pārtha: son of Pṛthā (Kuntī). A patronym, not a mystical title.
- na (न)
- not
- Negation: “not.”
- śocas (शोचस्)
- The core matches the root as, “to be.”
- tvam (त्वम्)
- you
- Nominative of yuṣmad: “you.”
- aśocyo (अशोच्यो)
- a- (“not”) + śocyo
- a- (“not”) + śocyo.
- bhagavān (भगवान्)
- the Lord
- bhaga (“share, portion, majesty,” from bhaj “to share”) + -vant “possessing.” One who has the share of majesty. The Lord as the one possessed of majesty, not a first name.
- hariḥ (हरिः)
- hariḥ is used as a grammatical form in this verse.
विष्णोस् तस्यानुभावेन यथा तेषां पराभवः त्वत्तस् तथैव भवतो दस्युभ्यो ऽन्ते तदुद्भवः
viṣṇosviṣṇos (विष्णोस्)The core matches the root iṣ, “to wish, to send.” vi- (“apart, asunder”) + ṣṇos. tasyānubhāvenatasyānubhāvena (तस्यानुभावेन)The core matches the root yā, “to go.” yathāyathā (यथा)ya- + thā: “in which way, as.” teṣāṃteṣāṃ (तेषां)Genitive plural of tad: “of them.” parābhavaḥparābhavaḥ (पराभवः)parā- (“away, forth beyond”) joined to bhavaḥ. Imperative of bhū: “be, become.” Also a noun: coming-to-be. Together the form means parā + that sense. tvattastvattas (त्वत्तस्)The core matches the root as, “to be.” tathaivatathaiva (तथैव)tathā + eva: just so, likewise. bhavatobhavato (भवतो)bhavato is used as a grammatical form in this verse. dasyubhyodasyubhyo (दस्युभ्यो)The core matches the root as, “to be.” 'nte'nte (ऽन्ते)'nte is used as a grammatical form in this verse. tadudbhavaḥtadudbhavaḥ (तदुद्भवः)tadudbhavaḥ is used as a grammatical form in this verse.
[5.38.65] as of them be likewise
Word make-up
- viṣṇos (विष्णोस्)
- The core matches the root iṣ, “to wish, to send.” vi- (“apart, asunder”) + ṣṇos.
- tasyānubhāvena (तस्यानुभावेन)
- The core matches the root yā, “to go.”
- yathā (यथा)
- as
- ya- + thā: “in which way, as.”
- teṣāṃ (तेषां)
- of them
- Genitive plural of tad: “of them.”
- parābhavaḥ (पराभवः)
- be
- parā- (“away, forth beyond”) joined to bhavaḥ. Imperative of bhū: “be, become.” Also a noun: coming-to-be. Together the form means parā + that sense.
- tvattas (त्वत्तस्)
- The core matches the root as, “to be.”
- tathaiva (तथैव)
- likewise
- tathā + eva: just so, likewise.
- bhavato (भवतो)
- bhavato is used as a grammatical form in this verse.
- dasyubhyo (दस्युभ्यो)
- The core matches the root as, “to be.”
- 'nte (ऽन्ते)
- 'nte is used as a grammatical form in this verse.
- tadudbhavaḥ (तदुद्भवः)
- tadudbhavaḥ is used as a grammatical form in this verse.
स देवो ऽन्यशरीराणि समाविश्य जगत्स्थितिम् करोति सर्वभूतानां नाशं चान्ते जगत्पतिः
sasa (स)Nominative singular masculine of tad: “he, that one.” devodevo (देवो)Inflected from deva. From div, “to shine.” A shining one; a god as a shining being, not a generic “God.” 'nyaśarīrāṇi'nyaśarīrāṇi (ऽन्यशरीराणि)'nyaśarīrāṇi is used as a grammatical form in this verse. samāviśyasamāviśya (समाविश्य)The core matches the root viś, “to enter.” sam- (“together”) + āviśya. jagatsthitimjagatsthitim (जगत्स्थितिम्)jagatsthitim is used as a grammatical form in this verse. karotikaroti (करोति)From kṛ, “to do, to make.” To do; having done; doing. sarvabhūtānāṃsarvabhūtānāṃ (सर्वभूतानां)The core matches the root bhū, “to be, to come to be.” nāśaṃnāśaṃ (नाशं)From naś, “to be lost, to perish.” Loss; perishing. cāntecānte (चान्ते)cānte is used as a grammatical form in this verse. jagatpatiḥjagatpatiḥ (जगत्पतिः)jagat + pati: master of the moving world.
[5.38.66] he shining one doing perishing master of the moving world
Word make-up
- sa (स)
- he
- Nominative singular masculine of tad: “he, that one.”
- devo (देवो)
- shining one
- Inflected from deva. From div, “to shine.” A shining one; a god as a shining being, not a generic “God.”
- 'nyaśarīrāṇi (ऽन्यशरीराणि)
- 'nyaśarīrāṇi is used as a grammatical form in this verse.
- samāviśya (समाविश्य)
- The core matches the root viś, “to enter.” sam- (“together”) + āviśya.
- jagatsthitim (जगत्स्थितिम्)
- jagatsthitim is used as a grammatical form in this verse.
- karoti (करोति)
- doing
- From kṛ, “to do, to make.” To do; having done; doing.
- sarvabhūtānāṃ (सर्वभूतानां)
- The core matches the root bhū, “to be, to come to be.”
- nāśaṃ (नाशं)
- perishing
- From naś, “to be lost, to perish.” Loss; perishing.
- cānte (चान्ते)
- cānte is used as a grammatical form in this verse.
- jagatpatiḥ (जगत्पतिः)
- master of the moving world
- jagat + pati: master of the moving world.
तवोद्भवे स कौन्तेय सहायो ऽभूज् जनार्दनः
tavodbhavetavodbhave (तवोद्भवे)tavodbhave is used as a grammatical form in this verse. sasa (स)Nominative singular masculine of tad: “he, that one.” kaunteyakaunteya (कौन्तेय)kaunteya: son of Kuntī. Patronym. sahāyosahāyo (सहायो)sahāyo is used as a grammatical form in this verse. 'bhūj'bhūj (ऽभूज्)The core matches the root bhū, “to be, to come to be.” janārdanaḥjanārdanaḥ (जनार्दनः)jana (“people,” jan “to be born”) + ardana (ard, “to agitate, to distress”). Agitator of people; or destroyer of the wicked among men. A name of Kṛṣṇa.
[5.38.67ab] he kaunteya janārdanaḥ
Word make-up
- tavodbhave (तवोद्भवे)
- tavodbhave is used as a grammatical form in this verse.
- sa (स)
- he
- Nominative singular masculine of tad: “he, that one.”
- kaunteya (कौन्तेय)
- Patronym
- kaunteya: son of Kuntī. Patronym.
- sahāyo (सहायो)
- sahāyo is used as a grammatical form in this verse.
- 'bhūj (ऽभूज्)
- The core matches the root bhū, “to be, to come to be.”
- janārdanaḥ (जनार्दनः)
- A name of Kṛṣṇa
- jana (“people,” jan “to be born”) + ardana (ard, “to agitate, to distress”). Agitator of people; or destroyer of the wicked among men. A name of Kṛṣṇa.
भावाभावे च स तदा सहयोगं जनार्दनः
bhāvābhāvebhāvābhāve (भावाभावे)bhāvābhāve is used as a grammatical form in this verse. caca (च)Enclitic particle: “and, also.” sasa (स)Nominative singular masculine of tad: “he, that one.” tadātadā (तदा)ta- + dā: “at that time, then.” sahayogaṃsahayogaṃ (सहयोगं)sahayogaṃ is used as a grammatical form in this verse. janārdanaḥjanārdanaḥ (जनार्दनः)jana (“people,” jan “to be born”) + ardana (ard, “to agitate, to distress”). Agitator of people; or destroyer of the wicked among men. A name of Kṛṣṇa.
[5.38.67ab.89] and he then janārdanaḥ
Word make-up
- bhāvābhāve (भावाभावे)
- bhāvābhāve is used as a grammatical form in this verse.
- ca (च)
- and
- Enclitic particle: “and, also.”
- sa (स)
- he
- Nominative singular masculine of tad: “he, that one.”
- tadā (तदा)
- then
- ta- + dā: “at that time, then.”
- sahayogaṃ (सहयोगं)
- sahayogaṃ is used as a grammatical form in this verse.
- janārdanaḥ (जनार्दनः)
- A name of Kṛṣṇa
- jana (“people,” jan “to be born”) + ardana (ard, “to agitate, to distress”). Agitator of people; or destroyer of the wicked among men. A name of Kṛṣṇa.
भवान्ते त्वद्विपक्षास् ते केशवेनावलोकिताः
bhavāntebhavānte (भवान्ते)bhavānte is used as a grammatical form in this verse. tvadvipakṣāstvadvipakṣās (त्वद्विपक्षास्)The core matches the root vad, “to say.” tete (ते)Enclitic of yuṣmad (“your / to you”) or nominative plural of tad (“they”). Sense follows the verse. keśavenāvalokitāḥkeśavenāvalokitāḥ (केशवेनावलोकिताः)The core matches the root lok, “to see, to shine.”
[5.38.67cd] you
Word make-up
- bhavānte (भवान्ते)
- bhavānte is used as a grammatical form in this verse.
- tvadvipakṣās (त्वद्विपक्षास्)
- The core matches the root vad, “to say.”
- te (ते)
- you
- Enclitic of yuṣmad (“your / to you”) or nominative plural of tad (“they”). Sense follows the verse.
- keśavenāvalokitāḥ (केशवेनावलोकिताः)
- The core matches the root lok, “to see, to shine.”
कः श्रद्दध्यात् सगाङ्गेयान् हन्यास् त्वं सर्वकौरवान् आभीरेभ्यश् च भवतः कः श्रद्दध्यात् पराभवम्
kaḥkaḥ (कः)Nominative of kim: “who?” Interrogative stem ka-. śraddadhyātśraddadhyāt (श्रद्दध्यात्)The core matches the root yā, “to go.” sagāṅgeyānsagāṅgeyān (सगाङ्गेयान्)The core matches the root yā, “to go.” hanyāshanyās (हन्यास्)The core matches the root han, “to strike.” tvaṃtvaṃ (त्वं)Nominative of yuṣmad: “you.” sarvakauravānsarvakauravān (सर्वकौरवान्)sarvakauravān is used as a grammatical form in this verse. ābhīrebhyaśābhīrebhyaś (आभीरेभ्यश्)The core matches the root bhī, “to fear.” ā- (“unto, fully”) + bhīrebhyaś. caca (च)Enclitic particle: “and, also.” bhavataḥbhavataḥ (भवतः)bhavataḥ is used as a grammatical form in this verse. kaḥkaḥ (कः)Nominative of kim: “who?” Interrogative stem ka-. śraddadhyātśraddadhyāt (श्रद्दध्यात्)The core matches the root yā, “to go.” parābhavamparābhavam (पराभवम्)parā- (“away, forth beyond”) joined to bhavam. Imperative of bhū: “be, become.” Also a noun: coming-to-be. Together the form means parā + that sense.
[5.38.68] who you and who be
Word make-up
- kaḥ (कः)
- who
- Nominative of kim: “who?” Interrogative stem ka-.
- śraddadhyāt (श्रद्दध्यात्)
- The core matches the root yā, “to go.”
- sagāṅgeyān (सगाङ्गेयान्)
- The core matches the root yā, “to go.”
- hanyās (हन्यास्)
- The core matches the root han, “to strike.”
- tvaṃ (त्वं)
- you
- Nominative of yuṣmad: “you.”
- sarvakauravān (सर्वकौरवान्)
- sarvakauravān is used as a grammatical form in this verse.
- ābhīrebhyaś (आभीरेभ्यश्)
- The core matches the root bhī, “to fear.” ā- (“unto, fully”) + bhīrebhyaś.
- ca (च)
- and
- Enclitic particle: “and, also.”
- bhavataḥ (भवतः)
- bhavataḥ is used as a grammatical form in this verse.
- kaḥ (कः)
- who
- Nominative of kim: “who?” Interrogative stem ka-.
- śraddadhyāt (श्रद्दध्यात्)
- The core matches the root yā, “to go.”
- parābhavam (पराभवम्)
- be
- parā- (“away, forth beyond”) joined to bhavam. Imperative of bhū: “be, become.” Also a noun: coming-to-be. Together the form means parā + that sense.
पार्थैतत् सर्वभूतस्य हरेर् लीलाविचेष्टितम् त्वया यत् कौरवा ध्वस्ता यद् आभीरैर् भवाञ् जितः
pārthaitatpārthaitat (पार्थैतत्)The core matches the root pā, “to protect / to drink.” sarvabhūtasyasarvabhūtasya (सर्वभूतस्य)The core matches the root bhū, “to be, to come to be.” harerharer (हरेर्)harer is used as a grammatical form in this verse. līlāviceṣṭitamlīlāviceṣṭitam (लीलाविचेष्टितम्)līlāviceṣṭitam is used as a grammatical form in this verse. tvayātvayā (त्वया)Instrumental of yuṣmad: “by you.” yatyat (यत्)Neuter of yad: “which, what, that.” Relative stem ya-. kauravākauravā (कौरवा)kauravā is used as a grammatical form in this verse. dhvastādhvastā (ध्वस्ता)The core matches the root vas, “to dwell.” yadyad (यद्)Neuter of yad: “which, what, that.” Relative stem ya-. ābhīrairābhīrair (आभीरैर्)The core matches the root bhī, “to fear.” ā- (“unto, fully”) + bhīrair. bhavāñbhavāñ (भवाञ्)bhavāñ is used as a grammatical form in this verse. jitaḥjitaḥ (जितः)ji (“to conquer”); substantive: victory.
[5.38.69] by you which which victory
Word make-up
- pārthaitat (पार्थैतत्)
- The core matches the root pā, “to protect / to drink.”
- sarvabhūtasya (सर्वभूतस्य)
- The core matches the root bhū, “to be, to come to be.”
- harer (हरेर्)
- harer is used as a grammatical form in this verse.
- līlāviceṣṭitam (लीलाविचेष्टितम्)
- līlāviceṣṭitam is used as a grammatical form in this verse.
- tvayā (त्वया)
- by you
- Instrumental of yuṣmad: “by you.”
- yat (यत्)
- which
- Neuter of yad: “which, what, that.” Relative stem ya-.
- kauravā (कौरवा)
- kauravā is used as a grammatical form in this verse.
- dhvastā (ध्वस्ता)
- The core matches the root vas, “to dwell.”
- yad (यद्)
- which
- Neuter of yad: “which, what, that.” Relative stem ya-.
- ābhīrair (आभीरैर्)
- The core matches the root bhī, “to fear.” ā- (“unto, fully”) + bhīrair.
- bhavāñ (भवाञ्)
- bhavāñ is used as a grammatical form in this verse.
- jitaḥ (जितः)
- victory
- ji (“to conquer”); substantive: victory.
गृहीता दस्युभिर् यच् च भवता शोचिताः स्त्रियः तद् अप्य् अहं यथावृत्तं कथयामि तवार्जुन
gṛhītāgṛhītā (गृहीता)gṛhītā is used as a grammatical form in this verse. dasyubhirdasyubhir (दस्युभिर्)The core matches the root as, “to be.” yacyac (यच्)yac is used as a grammatical form in this verse. caca (च)Enclitic particle: “and, also.” bhavatābhavatā (भवता)bhavatā is used as a grammatical form in this verse. śocitāḥśocitāḥ (शोचिताः)The core matches the root cit, “to perceive, to notice.” striyaḥstriyaḥ (स्त्रियः)striyaḥ is used as a grammatical form in this verse. tadtad (तद्)Neuter of tad: “that.” From the demonstrative stem ta-. apyapy (अप्य्)apy is used as a grammatical form in this verse. ahaṃahaṃ (अहं)Nominative of asmad: “I.” yathāvṛttaṃyathāvṛttaṃ (यथावृत्तं)The core matches the root vṛt, “to turn.” kathayāmikathayāmi (कथयामि)The core matches the root yā, “to go.” tavārjunatavārjuna (तवार्जुन)tavārjuna is used as a grammatical form in this verse.
[5.38.70] and that I
Word make-up
- gṛhītā (गृहीता)
- gṛhītā is used as a grammatical form in this verse.
- dasyubhir (दस्युभिर्)
- The core matches the root as, “to be.”
- yac (यच्)
- yac is used as a grammatical form in this verse.
- ca (च)
- and
- Enclitic particle: “and, also.”
- bhavatā (भवता)
- bhavatā is used as a grammatical form in this verse.
- śocitāḥ (शोचिताः)
- The core matches the root cit, “to perceive, to notice.”
- striyaḥ (स्त्रियः)
- striyaḥ is used as a grammatical form in this verse.
- tad (तद्)
- that
- Neuter of tad: “that.” From the demonstrative stem ta-.
- apy (अप्य्)
- apy is used as a grammatical form in this verse.
- ahaṃ (अहं)
- ”
- Nominative of asmad: “I.”
- yathāvṛttaṃ (यथावृत्तं)
- The core matches the root vṛt, “to turn.”
- kathayāmi (कथयामि)
- The core matches the root yā, “to go.”
- tavārjuna (तवार्जुन)
- tavārjuna is used as a grammatical form in this verse.
अष्टावक्रः पुरा विप्रो जलवासरतो ऽभवत् बहून् वर्षगणान् पार्थ गृणन् ब्रह्म सनातनम्
aṣṭāvakraḥaṣṭāvakraḥ (अष्टावक्रः)a- (“not”) + ṣṭāvakraḥ. purāpurā (पुरा)Indeclinable: “formerly, of old.” viprovipro (विप्रो)vi- (“apart, asunder”) + pro. jalavāsaratojalavāsarato (जलवासरतो)The core matches the root ās, “to sit.” 'bhavat'bhavat (ऽभवत्)'bhavat is used as a grammatical form in this verse. bahūnbahūn (बहून्)bahu: much, many. varṣagaṇānvarṣagaṇān (वर्षगणान्)varṣagaṇān is used as a grammatical form in this verse. pārthapārtha (पार्थ)pārtha: son of Pṛthā (Kuntī). A patronym, not a mystical title. gṛṇangṛṇan (गृणन्)The core matches the root an, “to breathe.” brahmabrahma (ब्रह्म)Neuter of brahman, from bṛh, “to grow, to swell, to be vast.” It names that which is vast — an entity, not a person. The creator god is a different word, Brahmā (masculine). A brāhmaṇa is a person of that class. sanātanamsanātanam (सनातनम्)sanā + tana: stretching from of old; age-long.
[5.38.71] a- (“not”) + ṣṭāvakraḥ formerly vi- (“apart, asunder”) + pro many pārtha that-which-is-vast (brahman) age-long
Word make-up
- aṣṭāvakraḥ (अष्टावक्रः)
- a- (“not”) + ṣṭāvakraḥ
- a- (“not”) + ṣṭāvakraḥ.
- purā (पुरा)
- formerly
- Indeclinable: “formerly, of old.”
- vipro (विप्रो)
- vi- (“apart, asunder”) + pro
- vi- (“apart, asunder”) + pro.
- jalavāsarato (जलवासरतो)
- The core matches the root ās, “to sit.”
- 'bhavat (ऽभवत्)
- 'bhavat is used as a grammatical form in this verse.
- bahūn (बहून्)
- many
- bahu: much, many.
- varṣagaṇān (वर्षगणान्)
- varṣagaṇān is used as a grammatical form in this verse.
- pārtha (पार्थ)
- A patronym, not a mystical title
- pārtha: son of Pṛthā (Kuntī). A patronym, not a mystical title.
- gṛṇan (गृणन्)
- The core matches the root an, “to breathe.”
- brahma (ब्रह्म)
- that-which-is-vast (brahman)
- Neuter of brahman, from bṛh, “to grow, to swell, to be vast.” It names that which is vast — an entity, not a person. The creator god is a different word, Brahmā (masculine). A brāhmaṇa is a person of that class.
- sanātanam (सनातनम्)
- age-long
- sanā + tana: stretching from of old; age-long.
जितेष्व् असुरसंघेषु मेरुपृष्ठे महोत्सवः बभूव तत्र गच्छन्त्यो ददृशुस् तं सुरस्त्रियः
jiteṣvjiteṣv (जितेष्व्)The core matches the root ji, “to conquer.” asurasaṃgheṣuasurasaṃgheṣu (असुरसंघेषु)The core matches the root as, “to be.” a- (“not”) + surasaṃgheṣu. merupṛṣṭhemerupṛṣṭhe (मेरुपृष्ठे)merupṛṣṭhe is used as a grammatical form in this verse. mahotsavaḥmahotsavaḥ (महोत्सवः)mahotsavaḥ is used as a grammatical form in this verse. babhūvababhūva (बभूव)The core matches the root bhū, “to be, to come to be.” tatratatra (तत्र)ta- + tra: “in that place, there.” gacchantyogacchantyo (गच्छन्त्यो)The core matches the root han, “to strike.” dadṛśusdadṛśus (ददृशुस्)The core matches the root dṛś, “to see.” taṃtaṃ (तं)Accusative masculine of tad: “him, that.” surastriyaḥsurastriyaḥ (सुरस्त्रियः)The core matches the root as, “to be.” su- (“well, good”) + rastriyaḥ.
[5.38.72] there him
Word make-up
- jiteṣv (जितेष्व्)
- The core matches the root ji, “to conquer.”
- asurasaṃgheṣu (असुरसंघेषु)
- The core matches the root as, “to be.” a- (“not”) + surasaṃgheṣu.
- merupṛṣṭhe (मेरुपृष्ठे)
- merupṛṣṭhe is used as a grammatical form in this verse.
- mahotsavaḥ (महोत्सवः)
- mahotsavaḥ is used as a grammatical form in this verse.
- babhūva (बभूव)
- The core matches the root bhū, “to be, to come to be.”
- tatra (तत्र)
- there
- ta- + tra: “in that place, there.”
- gacchantyo (गच्छन्त्यो)
- The core matches the root han, “to strike.”
- dadṛśus (ददृशुस्)
- The core matches the root dṛś, “to see.”
- taṃ (तं)
- him
- Accusative masculine of tad: “him, that.”
- surastriyaḥ (सुरस्त्रियः)
- The core matches the root as, “to be.” su- (“well, good”) + rastriyaḥ.
रम्भातिलोत्तमाद्याश् च शतशो ऽथ सहस्रशः तुष्टुवुस् तं महात्मानं प्रशशंसुश् च पाण्डव
rambhātilottamādyāśrambhātilottamādyāś (रम्भातिलोत्तमाद्याश्)The core matches the root ram, “to rest, to delight.” caca (च)Enclitic particle: “and, also.” śataśośataśo (शतशो)śataśo is used as a grammatical form in this verse. 'tha'tha (ऽथ)'tha is used as a grammatical form in this verse. sahasraśaḥsahasraśaḥ (सहस्रशः)The core matches the root as, “to be.” tuṣṭuvustuṣṭuvus (तुष्टुवुस्)tuṣṭuvus is used as a grammatical form in this verse. taṃtaṃ (तं)Accusative masculine of tad: “him, that.” mahātmānaṃmahātmānaṃ (महात्मानं)The core matches the root mā, “to measure.” praśaśaṃsuśpraśaśaṃsuś (प्रशशंसुश्)pra- (“forth, forward”) + śaśaṃsuś. caca (च)Enclitic particle: “and, also.” pāṇḍavapāṇḍava (पाण्डव)Descendants of Pāṇḍu (pāṇḍu “pale”). The pale-king’s sons.
[5.38.73] and him pra- (“forth, forward”) + śaśaṃsuś and pāṇḍava
Word make-up
- rambhātilottamādyāś (रम्भातिलोत्तमाद्याश्)
- The core matches the root ram, “to rest, to delight.”
- ca (च)
- and
- Enclitic particle: “and, also.”
- śataśo (शतशो)
- śataśo is used as a grammatical form in this verse.
- 'tha (ऽथ)
- 'tha is used as a grammatical form in this verse.
- sahasraśaḥ (सहस्रशः)
- The core matches the root as, “to be.”
- tuṣṭuvus (तुष्टुवुस्)
- tuṣṭuvus is used as a grammatical form in this verse.
- taṃ (तं)
- him
- Accusative masculine of tad: “him, that.”
- mahātmānaṃ (महात्मानं)
- The core matches the root mā, “to measure.”
- praśaśaṃsuś (प्रशशंसुश्)
- pra- (“forth, forward”) + śaśaṃsuś
- pra- (“forth, forward”) + śaśaṃsuś.
- ca (च)
- and
- Enclitic particle: “and, also.”
- pāṇḍava (पाण्डव)
- The pale-king’s sons
- Descendants of Pāṇḍu (pāṇḍu “pale”). The pale-king’s sons.
आकण्ठमग्नं सलिले जटाभारधरं मुनिम् विनयावनताश् चैनं प्रणेमुः स्तोत्रतत्पराः
ākaṇṭhamagnaṃākaṇṭhamagnaṃ (आकण्ठमग्नं)ā- (“unto, fully”) + kaṇṭhamagnaṃ. salilesalile (सलिले)salile is used as a grammatical form in this verse. jaṭābhāradharaṃjaṭābhāradharaṃ (जटाभारधरं)jaṭābhāradharaṃ is used as a grammatical form in this verse. munimmunim (मुनिम्)Inflected from muni. From man, “to think,” or maun “silence.” The thinker / the silent one. vinayāvanatāśvinayāvanatāś (विनयावनताश्)The core matches the root yā, “to go.” vi- (“apart, asunder”) + nayāvanatāś. cainaṃcainaṃ (चैनं)cainaṃ is used as a grammatical form in this verse. praṇemuḥpraṇemuḥ (प्रणेमुः)pra- (“forth, forward”) + ṇemuḥ. stotratatparāḥstotratatparāḥ (स्तोत्रतत्पराः)stotratatparāḥ is used as a grammatical form in this verse.
[5.38.74] ā- (“unto, fully”) + kaṇṭhamagnaṃ silent thinker pra- (“forth, forward”) + ṇemuḥ
Word make-up
- ākaṇṭhamagnaṃ (आकण्ठमग्नं)
- ā- (“unto, fully”) + kaṇṭhamagnaṃ
- ā- (“unto, fully”) + kaṇṭhamagnaṃ.
- salile (सलिले)
- salile is used as a grammatical form in this verse.
- jaṭābhāradharaṃ (जटाभारधरं)
- jaṭābhāradharaṃ is used as a grammatical form in this verse.
- munim (मुनिम्)
- silent thinker
- Inflected from muni. From man, “to think,” or maun “silence.” The thinker / the silent one.
- vinayāvanatāś (विनयावनताश्)
- The core matches the root yā, “to go.” vi- (“apart, asunder”) + nayāvanatāś.
- cainaṃ (चैनं)
- cainaṃ is used as a grammatical form in this verse.
- praṇemuḥ (प्रणेमुः)
- pra- (“forth, forward”) + ṇemuḥ
- pra- (“forth, forward”) + ṇemuḥ.
- stotratatparāḥ (स्तोत्रतत्पराः)
- stotratatparāḥ is used as a grammatical form in this verse.
यथा यथा प्रसन्नो ऽसौ तुष्टुवुस् तं तथा तथा सर्वास् ताः कौरवश्रेष्ठ वरिष्ठं तं द्विजन्मनाम्
yathāyathā (यथा)ya- + thā: “in which way, as.” yathāyathā (यथा)ya- + thā: “in which way, as.” prasannoprasanno (प्रसन्नो)The core matches the root as, “to be.” pra- (“forth, forward”) + sanno. 'sau'sau (ऽसौ)'sau is used as a grammatical form in this verse. tuṣṭuvustuṣṭuvus (तुष्टुवुस्)tuṣṭuvus is used as a grammatical form in this verse. taṃtaṃ (तं)Accusative masculine of tad: “him, that.” tathātathā (तथा)ta- + thā: “in that way, so.” tathātathā (तथा)ta- + thā: “in that way, so.” sarvāssarvās (सर्वास्)The core matches the root ās, “to sit.” tāḥtāḥ (ताः)tāḥ is used as a grammatical form in this verse. kauravaśreṣṭhakauravaśreṣṭha (कौरवश्रेष्ठ)kauravaśreṣṭha is used as a grammatical form in this verse. variṣṭhaṃvariṣṭhaṃ (वरिष्ठं)The core matches the root iṣ, “to wish, to send.” taṃtaṃ (तं)Accusative masculine of tad: “him, that.” dvijanmanāmdvijanmanām (द्विजन्मनाम्)The core matches the root man, “to think.”
[5.38.75] as as him so so him
Word make-up
- yathā (यथा)
- as
- ya- + thā: “in which way, as.”
- yathā (यथा)
- as
- ya- + thā: “in which way, as.”
- prasanno (प्रसन्नो)
- The core matches the root as, “to be.” pra- (“forth, forward”) + sanno.
- 'sau (ऽसौ)
- 'sau is used as a grammatical form in this verse.
- tuṣṭuvus (तुष्टुवुस्)
- tuṣṭuvus is used as a grammatical form in this verse.
- taṃ (तं)
- him
- Accusative masculine of tad: “him, that.”
- tathā (तथा)
- so
- ta- + thā: “in that way, so.”
- tathā (तथा)
- so
- ta- + thā: “in that way, so.”
- sarvās (सर्वास्)
- The core matches the root ās, “to sit.”
- tāḥ (ताः)
- tāḥ is used as a grammatical form in this verse.
- kauravaśreṣṭha (कौरवश्रेष्ठ)
- kauravaśreṣṭha is used as a grammatical form in this verse.
- variṣṭhaṃ (वरिष्ठं)
- The core matches the root iṣ, “to wish, to send.”
- taṃ (तं)
- him
- Accusative masculine of tad: “him, that.”
- dvijanmanām (द्विजन्मनाम्)
- The core matches the root man, “to think.”
प्रसन्नो ऽहं महाभागा भवतीनां यद् इष्यते मत्तस् तद् व्रियतां सर्वं प्रदास्याम्य् अतिदुर्लभम्
prasannoprasanno (प्रसन्नो)The core matches the root as, “to be.” pra- (“forth, forward”) + sanno. 'haṃ'haṃ (ऽहं)'haṃ is used as a grammatical form in this verse. mahābhāgāmahābhāgā (महाभागा)mahābhāgā is used as a grammatical form in this verse. bhavatīnāṃbhavatīnāṃ (भवतीनां)bhavatīnāṃ is used as a grammatical form in this verse. yadyad (यद्)Neuter of yad: “which, what, that.” Relative stem ya-. iṣyateiṣyate (इष्यते)The core matches the root iṣ, “to wish, to send.” mattasmattas (मत्तस्)Ablative of asmad: from me. tadtad (तद्)Neuter of tad: “that.” From the demonstrative stem ta-. vriyatāṃvriyatāṃ (व्रियतां)vriyatāṃ is used as a grammatical form in this verse. sarvaṃsarvaṃ (सर्वं)sarva: whole, all. The entire, not a leftover. pradāsyāmypradāsyāmy (प्रदास्याम्य्)The core matches the root ās, “to sit.” pra- (“forth, forward”) + dāsyāmy. atidurlabhamatidurlabham (अतिदुर्लभम्)The core matches the root labh, “to obtain.” ati- (“beyond”) + durlabham.
[5.38.76] which from me that all
Word make-up
- prasanno (प्रसन्नो)
- The core matches the root as, “to be.” pra- (“forth, forward”) + sanno.
- 'haṃ (ऽहं)
- 'haṃ is used as a grammatical form in this verse.
- mahābhāgā (महाभागा)
- mahābhāgā is used as a grammatical form in this verse.
- bhavatīnāṃ (भवतीनां)
- bhavatīnāṃ is used as a grammatical form in this verse.
- yad (यद्)
- which
- Neuter of yad: “which, what, that.” Relative stem ya-.
- iṣyate (इष्यते)
- The core matches the root iṣ, “to wish, to send.”
- mattas (मत्तस्)
- from me
- Ablative of asmad: from me.
- tad (तद्)
- that
- Neuter of tad: “that.” From the demonstrative stem ta-.
- vriyatāṃ (व्रियतां)
- vriyatāṃ is used as a grammatical form in this verse.
- sarvaṃ (सर्वं)
- all
- sarva: whole, all. The entire, not a leftover.
- pradāsyāmy (प्रदास्याम्य्)
- The core matches the root ās, “to sit.” pra- (“forth, forward”) + dāsyāmy.
- atidurlabham (अतिदुर्लभम्)
- The core matches the root labh, “to obtain.” ati- (“beyond”) + durlabham.
रम्भातिलोत्तमाद्यास् तं वैदिक्यो ऽप्सरसो ऽब्रुवन् प्रसन्ने त्वय्य् अपर्याप्तं किम् अस्माकम् इति द्विज
rambhātilottamādyāsrambhātilottamādyās (रम्भातिलोत्तमाद्यास्)The core matches the root ram, “to rest, to delight.” taṃtaṃ (तं)Accusative masculine of tad: “him, that.” vaidikyovaidikyo (वैदिक्यो)vaidikyo is used as a grammatical form in this verse. 'psaraso'psaraso (ऽप्सरसो)The core matches the root as, “to be.” 'bruvan'bruvan (ऽब्रुवन्)The core matches the root an, “to breathe.” prasanneprasanne (प्रसन्ने)The core matches the root as, “to be.” pra- (“forth, forward”) + sanne. tvayytvayy (त्वय्य्)tvayy is used as a grammatical form in this verse. aparyāptaṃaparyāptaṃ (अपर्याप्तं)a- + paryāpta (pari-āp, fully reached). Not sufficient / beyond measure (disputed). kimkim (किम्)Neuter interrogative: “what? why?” asmākamasmākam (अस्माकम्)The core matches the root kam, “to desire.” a- (“not”) + smākam. itiiti (इति)Quotative particle: “thus” — closes speech or thought. dvijadvija (द्विज)dvi-ja “twice-born.” dvija-uttama: upmost of the twice-born.
[5.38.77] him not sufficient what thus twice-born
Word make-up
- rambhātilottamādyās (रम्भातिलोत्तमाद्यास्)
- The core matches the root ram, “to rest, to delight.”
- taṃ (तं)
- him
- Accusative masculine of tad: “him, that.”
- vaidikyo (वैदिक्यो)
- vaidikyo is used as a grammatical form in this verse.
- 'psaraso (ऽप्सरसो)
- The core matches the root as, “to be.”
- 'bruvan (ऽब्रुवन्)
- The core matches the root an, “to breathe.”
- prasanne (प्रसन्ने)
- The core matches the root as, “to be.” pra- (“forth, forward”) + sanne.
- tvayy (त्वय्य्)
- tvayy is used as a grammatical form in this verse.
- aparyāptaṃ (अपर्याप्तं)
- not sufficient
- a- + paryāpta (pari-āp, fully reached). Not sufficient / beyond measure (disputed).
- kim (किम्)
- what
- Neuter interrogative: “what? why?”
- asmākam (अस्माकम्)
- The core matches the root kam, “to desire.” a- (“not”) + smākam.
- iti (इति)
- thus
- Quotative particle: “thus” — closes speech or thought.
- dvija (द्विज)
- twice-born
- dvi-ja “twice-born.” dvija-uttama: upmost of the twice-born.
इतरास् त्व् अब्रुवन् विप्र प्रसन्नो भगवान् यदि तद् इच्छामः पतिं प्राप्तुं विप्रेन्द्र पुरुषोत्तमम्
itarāsitarās (इतरास्)The core matches the root ās, “to sit.” tvtv (त्व्)tv is used as a grammatical form in this verse. abruvanabruvan (अब्रुवन्)The core matches the root an, “to breathe.” a- (“not”) + bruvan. vipravipra (विप्र)vi- (“apart, asunder”) + pra. prasannoprasanno (प्रसन्नो)The core matches the root as, “to be.” pra- (“forth, forward”) + sanno. bhagavānbhagavān (भगवान्)bhaga (“share, portion, majesty,” from bhaj “to share”) + -vant “possessing.” One who has the share of majesty. The Lord as the one possessed of majesty, not a first name. yadiyadi (यदि)ya- + di: “if.” tadtad (तद्)Neuter of tad: “that.” From the demonstrative stem ta-. icchāmaḥicchāmaḥ (इच्छामः)icchāmaḥ is used as a grammatical form in this verse. patiṃpatiṃ (पतिं)The core matches the root pat, “to fall.” prāptuṃprāptuṃ (प्राप्तुं)The core matches the root āp, “to reach.” viprendraviprendra (विप्रेन्द्र)vi- (“apart, asunder”) + prendra. puruṣottamampuruṣottamam (पुरुषोत्तमम्)Inflected from puruṣottama. puruṣa + uttama (ud-tama, upmost). O upmost Person.
[5.38.78] vi- (“apart, asunder”) + pra the Lord if that vi- (“apart, asunder”) + prendra upmost Person
Word make-up
- itarās (इतरास्)
- The core matches the root ās, “to sit.”
- tv (त्व्)
- tv is used as a grammatical form in this verse.
- abruvan (अब्रुवन्)
- The core matches the root an, “to breathe.” a- (“not”) + bruvan.
- vipra (विप्र)
- vi- (“apart, asunder”) + pra
- vi- (“apart, asunder”) + pra.
- prasanno (प्रसन्नो)
- The core matches the root as, “to be.” pra- (“forth, forward”) + sanno.
- bhagavān (भगवान्)
- the Lord
- bhaga (“share, portion, majesty,” from bhaj “to share”) + -vant “possessing.” One who has the share of majesty. The Lord as the one possessed of majesty, not a first name.
- yadi (यदि)
- if
- ya- + di: “if.”
- tad (तद्)
- that
- Neuter of tad: “that.” From the demonstrative stem ta-.
- icchāmaḥ (इच्छामः)
- icchāmaḥ is used as a grammatical form in this verse.
- patiṃ (पतिं)
- The core matches the root pat, “to fall.”
- prāptuṃ (प्राप्तुं)
- The core matches the root āp, “to reach.”
- viprendra (विप्रेन्द्र)
- vi- (“apart, asunder”) + prendra
- vi- (“apart, asunder”) + prendra.
- puruṣottamam (पुरुषोत्तमम्)
- upmost Person
- Inflected from puruṣottama. puruṣa + uttama (ud-tama, upmost). O upmost Person.
एवं भविष्यतीत्य् उक्त्वा उत्ततार जलान् मुनिः तम् उत्तीर्णं च ददृशुर् विरूपं वक्रम् अष्टधा
evaṃevaṃ (एवं)Inflected from eva. Particle of restriction or emphasis: “only, just, indeed.” bhaviṣyatītybhaviṣyatīty (भविष्यतीत्य्)The core matches the root iṣ, “to wish, to send.” uktvāuktvā (उक्त्वा)Gerund of vac: “having said.” uttatārauttatāra (उत्ततार)ut- (“up, out”) + tatāra. jalānjalān (जलान्)jalān is used as a grammatical form in this verse. muniḥmuniḥ (मुनिः)From man, “to think,” or maun “silence.” The thinker / the silent one. tamtam (तम्)Accusative masculine of tad: “him, that.” uttīrṇaṃuttīrṇaṃ (उत्तीर्णं)ut- (“up, out”) + tīrṇaṃ. caca (च)Enclitic particle: “and, also.” dadṛśurdadṛśur (ददृशुर्)The core matches the root dṛś, “to see.” virūpaṃvirūpaṃ (विरूपं)vi- (“apart, asunder”) joined to rūpaṃ. rūpa: form, outward shape (what is seen). Not “beauty” first. Together the form means vi + that sense. vakramvakram (वक्रम्)The core matches the root kram, “to step.” aṣṭadhāaṣṭadhā (अष्टधा)The core matches the root dhā, “to place.” a- (“not”) + ṣṭadhā.
[5.38.79] just having said ut- (“up, out”) + tatāra silent thinker him ut- (“up, out”) + tīrṇaṃ and form
Word make-up
- evaṃ (एवं)
- just
- Inflected from eva. Particle of restriction or emphasis: “only, just, indeed.”
- bhaviṣyatīty (भविष्यतीत्य्)
- The core matches the root iṣ, “to wish, to send.”
- uktvā (उक्त्वा)
- having said
- Gerund of vac: “having said.”
- uttatāra (उत्ततार)
- ut- (“up, out”) + tatāra
- ut- (“up, out”) + tatāra.
- jalān (जलान्)
- jalān is used as a grammatical form in this verse.
- muniḥ (मुनिः)
- silent thinker
- From man, “to think,” or maun “silence.” The thinker / the silent one.
- tam (तम्)
- him
- Accusative masculine of tad: “him, that.”
- uttīrṇaṃ (उत्तीर्णं)
- ut- (“up, out”) + tīrṇaṃ
- ut- (“up, out”) + tīrṇaṃ.
- ca (च)
- and
- Enclitic particle: “and, also.”
- dadṛśur (ददृशुर्)
- The core matches the root dṛś, “to see.”
- virūpaṃ (विरूपं)
- form
- vi- (“apart, asunder”) joined to rūpaṃ. rūpa: form, outward shape (what is seen). Not “beauty” first. Together the form means vi + that sense.
- vakram (वक्रम्)
- The core matches the root kram, “to step.”
- aṣṭadhā (अष्टधा)
- The core matches the root dhā, “to place.” a- (“not”) + ṣṭadhā.
तं दृष्ट्वा गूहमानानां यासां हासः स्फुटो ऽभवत् ताः शशाप मुनिः कोपम् अवाप्य कुरुनन्दन
taṃtaṃ (तं)Accusative masculine of tad: “him, that.” dṛṣṭvādṛṣṭvā (दृष्ट्वा)From dṛś, “to see” (present paśya-). Sees; see!; I see; seeing; to see; having seen. gūhamānānāṃgūhamānānāṃ (गूहमानानां)The core matches the root mā, “to measure.” yāsāṃyāsāṃ (यासां)The core matches the root ās, “to sit.” hāsaḥhāsaḥ (हासः)The core matches the root ās, “to sit.” sphuṭosphuṭo (स्फुटो)The core matches the root hu, “to pour the offering.” 'bhavat'bhavat (ऽभवत्)'bhavat is used as a grammatical form in this verse. tāḥtāḥ (ताः)tāḥ is used as a grammatical form in this verse. śaśāpaśaśāpa (शशाप)The core matches the root āp, “to reach.” muniḥmuniḥ (मुनिः)From man, “to think,” or maun “silence.” The thinker / the silent one. kopamkopam (कोपम्)kopam is used as a grammatical form in this verse. avāpyaavāpya (अवाप्य)The core matches the root āp, “to reach.” a- (“not”) + vāpya. kurunandanakurunandana (कुरुनन्दन)The core matches the root nand, “to rejoice.”
[5.38.80] him seeing silent thinker
Word make-up
- taṃ (तं)
- him
- Accusative masculine of tad: “him, that.”
- dṛṣṭvā (दृष्ट्वा)
- seeing
- From dṛś, “to see” (present paśya-). Sees; see!; I see; seeing; to see; having seen.
- gūhamānānāṃ (गूहमानानां)
- The core matches the root mā, “to measure.”
- yāsāṃ (यासां)
- The core matches the root ās, “to sit.”
- hāsaḥ (हासः)
- The core matches the root ās, “to sit.”
- sphuṭo (स्फुटो)
- The core matches the root hu, “to pour the offering.”
- 'bhavat (ऽभवत्)
- 'bhavat is used as a grammatical form in this verse.
- tāḥ (ताः)
- tāḥ is used as a grammatical form in this verse.
- śaśāpa (शशाप)
- The core matches the root āp, “to reach.”
- muniḥ (मुनिः)
- silent thinker
- From man, “to think,” or maun “silence.” The thinker / the silent one.
- kopam (कोपम्)
- kopam is used as a grammatical form in this verse.
- avāpya (अवाप्य)
- The core matches the root āp, “to reach.” a- (“not”) + vāpya.
- kurunandana (कुरुनन्दन)
- The core matches the root nand, “to rejoice.”
यस्माद् विरूपरूपं मां मत्वा हासावमानना भवतीभिः कृता तस्माद् एषं शापं ददामि वः
yasmādyasmād (यस्माद्)The core matches the root mā, “to measure.” virūparūpaṃvirūparūpaṃ (विरूपरूपं)vi- (“apart, asunder”) + rūparūpaṃ. māṃmāṃ (मां)Accusative of asmad: “me.” matvāmatvā (मत्वा)Gerund of man, “to think.” Having thought. hāsāvamānanāhāsāvamānanā (हासावमानना)The core matches the root ās, “to sit.” bhavatībhiḥbhavatībhiḥ (भवतीभिः)bhavatībhiḥ is used as a grammatical form in this verse. kṛtākṛtā (कृता)The core matches the root kṛ, “to do, to make.” tasmādtasmād (तस्माद्)The core matches the root mā, “to measure.” eṣaṃeṣaṃ (एषं)Inflected from eṣa. Masculine of etad: “this one.” śāpaṃśāpaṃ (शापं)The core matches the root āp, “to reach.” dadāmidadāmi (ददामि)The core matches the root dā, “to give.” vaḥvaḥ (वः)vaḥ is used as a grammatical form in this verse.
[5.38.81] vi- (“apart, asunder”) + rūparūpaṃ me having thought this one
Word make-up
- yasmād (यस्माद्)
- The core matches the root mā, “to measure.”
- virūparūpaṃ (विरूपरूपं)
- vi- (“apart, asunder”) + rūparūpaṃ
- vi- (“apart, asunder”) + rūparūpaṃ.
- māṃ (मां)
- me
- Accusative of asmad: “me.”
- matvā (मत्वा)
- having thought
- Gerund of man, “to think.” Having thought.
- hāsāvamānanā (हासावमानना)
- The core matches the root ās, “to sit.”
- bhavatībhiḥ (भवतीभिः)
- bhavatībhiḥ is used as a grammatical form in this verse.
- kṛtā (कृता)
- The core matches the root kṛ, “to do, to make.”
- tasmād (तस्माद्)
- The core matches the root mā, “to measure.”
- eṣaṃ (एषं)
- this one
- Inflected from eṣa. Masculine of etad: “this one.”
- śāpaṃ (शापं)
- The core matches the root āp, “to reach.”
- dadāmi (ददामि)
- The core matches the root dā, “to give.”
- vaḥ (वः)
- vaḥ is used as a grammatical form in this verse.
मत्प्रसादेन भर्तारं लब्ध्वा तु पुरुषोत्तमम् मच्छापोपहताः सर्वा दस्युहस्तं गमिष्यथ
matprasādenamatprasādena (मत्प्रसादेन)The core matches the root as, “to be.” bhartāraṃbhartāraṃ (भर्तारं)bhartāraṃ is used as a grammatical form in this verse. labdhvālabdhvā (लब्ध्वा)From labh, “to obtain.” Obtains; having obtained. tutu (तु)Particle: “but, then, now” — a turn or a slight contrast. puruṣottamampuruṣottamam (पुरुषोत्तमम्)Inflected from puruṣottama. puruṣa + uttama (ud-tama, upmost). O upmost Person. macchāpopahatāḥmacchāpopahatāḥ (मच्छापोपहताः)The core matches the root āp, “to reach.” sarvāsarvā (सर्वा)Inflected from sarva. sarva: whole, all. The entire, not a leftover. dasyuhastaṃdasyuhastaṃ (दस्युहस्तं)The core matches the root as, “to be.” gamiṣyathagamiṣyatha (गमिष्यथ)The core matches the root gam, “to go.”
[5.38.82] obtaining but upmost Person all
Word make-up
- matprasādena (मत्प्रसादेन)
- The core matches the root as, “to be.”
- bhartāraṃ (भर्तारं)
- bhartāraṃ is used as a grammatical form in this verse.
- labdhvā (लब्ध्वा)
- obtaining
- From labh, “to obtain.” Obtains; having obtained.
- tu (तु)
- but
- Particle: “but, then, now” — a turn or a slight contrast.
- puruṣottamam (पुरुषोत्तमम्)
- upmost Person
- Inflected from puruṣottama. puruṣa + uttama (ud-tama, upmost). O upmost Person.
- macchāpopahatāḥ (मच्छापोपहताः)
- The core matches the root āp, “to reach.”
- sarvā (सर्वा)
- all
- Inflected from sarva. sarva: whole, all. The entire, not a leftover.
- dasyuhastaṃ (दस्युहस्तं)
- The core matches the root as, “to be.”
- gamiṣyatha (गमिष्यथ)
- The core matches the root gam, “to go.”
इत्य् उदीरितम् आकर्ण्य मुनिस् ताभिः प्रसादितः पुनः सुरेन्द्रलोकं वै प्राह भूयो गमिष्यथ
ityity (इत्य्)ity is used as a grammatical form in this verse. udīritamudīritam (उदीरितम्)ud- (“up, out”) + īritam. ākarṇyaākarṇya (आकर्ण्य)ā- (“unto, fully”) + karṇya. munismunis (मुनिस्)From man, “to think,” or maun “silence.” The thinker / the silent one. tābhiḥtābhiḥ (ताभिः)tābhiḥ is used as a grammatical form in this verse. prasāditaḥprasāditaḥ (प्रसादितः)The core matches the root as, “to be.” pra- (“forth, forward”) + sāditaḥ. punaḥpunaḥ (पुनः)Adverb: “again, back.” surendralokaṃsurendralokaṃ (सुरेन्द्रलोकं)The core matches the root lok, “to see, to shine.” su- (“well, good”) + rendralokaṃ. vaivai (वै)Particle of emphasis: “indeed.” prāhaprāha (प्राह)pra-vac, “to speak forth.” Spoken forth; he has said forth. bhūyobhūyo (भूयो)Inflected from bhūya. Comparative of bahu / from bhū: “more, again.” gamiṣyathagamiṣyatha (गमिष्यथ)The core matches the root gam, “to go.”
[5.38.83] ud- (“up, out”) + īritam ā- (“unto, fully”) + karṇya silent thinker again indeed spoken forth again
Word make-up
- ity (इत्य्)
- ity is used as a grammatical form in this verse.
- udīritam (उदीरितम्)
- ud- (“up, out”) + īritam
- ud- (“up, out”) + īritam.
- ākarṇya (आकर्ण्य)
- ā- (“unto, fully”) + karṇya
- ā- (“unto, fully”) + karṇya.
- munis (मुनिस्)
- silent thinker
- From man, “to think,” or maun “silence.” The thinker / the silent one.
- tābhiḥ (ताभिः)
- tābhiḥ is used as a grammatical form in this verse.
- prasāditaḥ (प्रसादितः)
- The core matches the root as, “to be.” pra- (“forth, forward”) + sāditaḥ.
- punaḥ (पुनः)
- again
- Adverb: “again, back.”
- surendralokaṃ (सुरेन्द्रलोकं)
- The core matches the root lok, “to see, to shine.” su- (“well, good”) + rendralokaṃ.
- vai (वै)
- indeed
- Particle of emphasis: “indeed.”
- prāha (प्राह)
- spoken forth
- pra-vac, “to speak forth.” Spoken forth; he has said forth.
- bhūyo (भूयो)
- again
- Inflected from bhūya. Comparative of bahu / from bhū: “more, again.”
- gamiṣyatha (गमिष्यथ)
- The core matches the root gam, “to go.”
एवं तस्य मुनेः शापाद् अष्टावक्रस्य केशवम् भर्तारं प्राप्य ता याता दस्युहस्तं वराङ्गनाः
evaṃevaṃ (एवं)Inflected from eva. Particle of restriction or emphasis: “only, just, indeed.” tasyatasya (तस्य)Genitive of tad: “of that, his.” muneḥmuneḥ (मुनेः)muneḥ is used as a grammatical form in this verse. śāpādśāpād (शापाद्)The core matches the root āp, “to reach.” aṣṭāvakrasyaaṣṭāvakrasya (अष्टावक्रस्य)The core matches the root as, “to be.” a- (“not”) + ṣṭāvakrasya. keśavamkeśavam (केशवम्)Inflected from keśava. keśa (“hair”) + -va: having fine hair; or slayer of Keśin. A name of Kṛṣṇa. bhartāraṃbhartāraṃ (भर्तारं)bhartāraṃ is used as a grammatical form in this verse. prāpyaprāpya (प्राप्य)pra- āp, “to reach, to obtain.” Having reached; reaches. tātā (ता)tā is used as a grammatical form in this verse. yātāyātā (याता)The core matches the root yā, “to go.” dasyuhastaṃdasyuhastaṃ (दस्युहस्तं)The core matches the root as, “to be.” varāṅganāḥvarāṅganāḥ (वराङ्गनाः)The core matches the root an, “to breathe.”
[5.38.84] just of that keśavam reaching
Word make-up
- evaṃ (एवं)
- just
- Inflected from eva. Particle of restriction or emphasis: “only, just, indeed.”
- tasya (तस्य)
- of that
- Genitive of tad: “of that, his.”
- muneḥ (मुनेः)
- muneḥ is used as a grammatical form in this verse.
- śāpād (शापाद्)
- The core matches the root āp, “to reach.”
- aṣṭāvakrasya (अष्टावक्रस्य)
- The core matches the root as, “to be.” a- (“not”) + ṣṭāvakrasya.
- keśavam (केशवम्)
- A name of Kṛṣṇa
- Inflected from keśava. keśa (“hair”) + -va: having fine hair; or slayer of Keśin. A name of Kṛṣṇa.
- bhartāraṃ (भर्तारं)
- bhartāraṃ is used as a grammatical form in this verse.
- prāpya (प्राप्य)
- reaching
- pra- āp, “to reach, to obtain.” Having reached; reaches.
- tā (ता)
- tā is used as a grammatical form in this verse.
- yātā (याता)
- The core matches the root yā, “to go.”
- dasyuhastaṃ (दस्युहस्तं)
- The core matches the root as, “to be.”
- varāṅganāḥ (वराङ्गनाः)
- The core matches the root an, “to breathe.”
तत् त्वया नात्र कर्तव्यः शोको ऽल्पो ऽपि हि पाण्डव तेनैवाखिलनाथेन सर्वं तद् उपसंहृतम्
tattat (तत्)Neuter of tad: “that.” From the demonstrative stem ta-. tvayātvayā (त्वया)Instrumental of yuṣmad: “by you.” nātranātra (नात्र)nātra is used as a grammatical form in this verse. kartavyaḥkartavyaḥ (कर्तव्यः)kartavyaḥ is used as a grammatical form in this verse. śokośoko (शोको)śoko is used as a grammatical form in this verse. 'lpo'lpo (ऽल्पो)'lpo is used as a grammatical form in this verse. 'pi'pi (ऽपि)'pi is used as a grammatical form in this verse. hihi (हि)Particle: “for, because, indeed” — marks a reason or emphasis. pāṇḍavapāṇḍava (पाण्डव)Descendants of Pāṇḍu (pāṇḍu “pale”). The pale-king’s sons. tenaivākhilanāthenatenaivākhilanāthena (तेनैवाखिलनाथेन)The core matches the root an, “to breathe.” sarvaṃsarvaṃ (सर्वं)sarva: whole, all. The entire, not a leftover. tadtad (तद्)Neuter of tad: “that.” From the demonstrative stem ta-. upasaṃhṛtamupasaṃhṛtam (उपसंहृतम्)The core matches the root hṛ, “to take.” upa- (“near, toward”) + saṃhṛtam.
[5.38.85] that by you for pāṇḍava all that
Word make-up
- tat (तत्)
- that
- Neuter of tad: “that.” From the demonstrative stem ta-.
- tvayā (त्वया)
- by you
- Instrumental of yuṣmad: “by you.”
- nātra (नात्र)
- nātra is used as a grammatical form in this verse.
- kartavyaḥ (कर्तव्यः)
- kartavyaḥ is used as a grammatical form in this verse.
- śoko (शोको)
- śoko is used as a grammatical form in this verse.
- 'lpo (ऽल्पो)
- 'lpo is used as a grammatical form in this verse.
- 'pi (ऽपि)
- 'pi is used as a grammatical form in this verse.
- hi (हि)
- for
- Particle: “for, because, indeed” — marks a reason or emphasis.
- pāṇḍava (पाण्डव)
- The pale-king’s sons
- Descendants of Pāṇḍu (pāṇḍu “pale”). The pale-king’s sons.
- tenaivākhilanāthena (तेनैवाखिलनाथेन)
- The core matches the root an, “to breathe.”
- sarvaṃ (सर्वं)
- all
- sarva: whole, all. The entire, not a leftover.
- tad (तद्)
- that
- Neuter of tad: “that.” From the demonstrative stem ta-.
- upasaṃhṛtam (उपसंहृतम्)
- The core matches the root hṛ, “to take.” upa- (“near, toward”) + saṃhṛtam.
भवतां चोपसंहारम् आसन्नं तेन कुर्वता बलं तेजस् तथा वीर्यं माहात्म्यं चोपसंहृतम्
bhavatāṃbhavatāṃ (भवतां)bhavatāṃ is used as a grammatical form in this verse. copasaṃhāramcopasaṃhāram (चोपसंहारम्)The core matches the root ram, “to rest, to delight.” āsannaṃāsannaṃ (आसन्नं)The core matches the root ās, “to sit.” ā- (“unto, fully”) + sannaṃ. tenatena (तेन)Instrumental of tad: “by that.” kurvatākurvatā (कुर्वता)kurvatā is used as a grammatical form in this verse. balaṃbalaṃ (बलं)bala: strength, force (from bal, “to be strong”). tejastejas (तेजस्)From tij, “to be sharp.” Sharpness, brilliance, the cutting glow. tathātathā (तथा)ta- + thā: “in that way, so.” vīryaṃvīryaṃ (वीर्यं)vīryaṃ is used as a grammatical form in this verse. māhātmyaṃmāhātmyaṃ (माहात्म्यं)The core matches the root mā, “to measure.” copasaṃhṛtamcopasaṃhṛtam (चोपसंहृतम्)The core matches the root hṛ, “to take.”
[5.38.86] by that strength sharp-glow so
Word make-up
- bhavatāṃ (भवतां)
- bhavatāṃ is used as a grammatical form in this verse.
- copasaṃhāram (चोपसंहारम्)
- The core matches the root ram, “to rest, to delight.”
- āsannaṃ (आसन्नं)
- The core matches the root ās, “to sit.” ā- (“unto, fully”) + sannaṃ.
- tena (तेन)
- by that
- Instrumental of tad: “by that.”
- kurvatā (कुर्वता)
- kurvatā is used as a grammatical form in this verse.
- balaṃ (बलं)
- strength
- bala: strength, force (from bal, “to be strong”).
- tejas (तेजस्)
- sharp-glow
- From tij, “to be sharp.” Sharpness, brilliance, the cutting glow.
- tathā (तथा)
- so
- ta- + thā: “in that way, so.”
- vīryaṃ (वीर्यं)
- vīryaṃ is used as a grammatical form in this verse.
- māhātmyaṃ (माहात्म्यं)
- The core matches the root mā, “to measure.”
- copasaṃhṛtam (चोपसंहृतम्)
- The core matches the root hṛ, “to take.”
जातस्य नियतो मृत्युः पतनं च तथोन्नतेः विप्रयोगावसानश् च संयोगः संचयात् क्षयः
jātasyajātasya (जातस्य)Inflected from jāta. From jan, “to be born.” Is born; born. niyatoniyato (नियतो)Inflected from niyata. ni-yam, “to restrain down.” Restrained. niyata-ātman: those of restrained self. mṛtyuḥmṛtyuḥ (मृत्युः)From mṛ, “to die.” Dying; death. patanaṃpatanaṃ (पतनं)The core matches the root tan, “to stretch.” caca (च)Enclitic particle: “and, also.” tathonnateḥtathonnateḥ (तथोन्नतेः)tathonnateḥ is used as a grammatical form in this verse. viprayogāvasānaśviprayogāvasānaś (विप्रयोगावसानश्)The core matches the root vas, “to dwell.” vi- (“apart, asunder”) + prayogāvasānaś. caca (च)Enclitic particle: “and, also.” saṃyogaḥsaṃyogaḥ (संयोगः)saṃ- (“together”) joined to yogaḥ. From yuj, “to yoke, to join, to harness.” Yoga is a yoking: a joining of the mind, or a harnessing to a method. Not a vague “practice.” Together the form means saṃ + that sense. saṃcayātsaṃcayāt (संचयात्)The core matches the root yā, “to go.” saṃ- (“together”) + cayāt. kṣayaḥkṣayaḥ (क्षयः)kṣayaḥ is used as a grammatical form in this verse.
[5.38.87] is born restrained dying and and yoking
Word make-up
- jātasya (जातस्य)
- is born
- Inflected from jāta. From jan, “to be born.” Is born; born.
- niyato (नियतो)
- restrained
- Inflected from niyata. ni-yam, “to restrain down.” Restrained. niyata-ātman: those of restrained self.
- mṛtyuḥ (मृत्युः)
- dying
- From mṛ, “to die.” Dying; death.
- patanaṃ (पतनं)
- The core matches the root tan, “to stretch.”
- ca (च)
- and
- Enclitic particle: “and, also.”
- tathonnateḥ (तथोन्नतेः)
- tathonnateḥ is used as a grammatical form in this verse.
- viprayogāvasānaś (विप्रयोगावसानश्)
- The core matches the root vas, “to dwell.” vi- (“apart, asunder”) + prayogāvasānaś.
- ca (च)
- and
- Enclitic particle: “and, also.”
- saṃyogaḥ (संयोगः)
- yoking
- saṃ- (“together”) joined to yogaḥ. From yuj, “to yoke, to join, to harness.” Yoga is a yoking: a joining of the mind, or a harnessing to a method. Not a vague “practice.” Together the form means saṃ + that sense.
- saṃcayāt (संचयात्)
- The core matches the root yā, “to go.” saṃ- (“together”) + cayāt.
- kṣayaḥ (क्षयः)
- kṣayaḥ is used as a grammatical form in this verse.
विज्ञाय न बुधाः शोकं न हर्षम् उपयान्ति ये तेषाम् एवेतरे चेष्टां शिक्षन्तः सन्ति तादृशाः
vijñāyavijñāya (विज्ञाय)The core matches the root jñā, “to know.” vi- (“apart, asunder”) + jñāya. nana (न)Negation: “not.” budhāḥbudhāḥ (बुधाः)The core matches the root budh, “to wake, to be aware.” śokaṃśokaṃ (शोकं)śokaṃ is used as a grammatical form in this verse. nana (न)Negation: “not.” harṣamharṣam (हर्षम्)harṣam is used as a grammatical form in this verse. upayāntiupayānti (उपयान्ति)upa- (“near, toward”) joined to yānti. From gam / yā, “to go.” Goes; they go; having gone; gone; he goes. Together the form means upa + that sense. yeye (ये)Nominative plural of yad: “who, which.” Relative stem ya-. teṣāmteṣām (तेषाम्)Genitive plural of tad: “of them.” evetareevetare (एवेतरे)evetare is used as a grammatical form in this verse. ceṣṭāṃceṣṭāṃ (चेष्टां)ceṣṭāṃ is used as a grammatical form in this verse. śikṣantaḥśikṣantaḥ (शिक्षन्तः)The core matches the root an, “to breathe.” santisanti (सन्ति)Present of as: “they are.” tādṛśāḥtādṛśāḥ (तादृशाः)The core matches the root dṛś, “to see.”
[5.38.88] not not going who of them they are
Word make-up
- vijñāya (विज्ञाय)
- The core matches the root jñā, “to know.” vi- (“apart, asunder”) + jñāya.
- na (न)
- not
- Negation: “not.”
- budhāḥ (बुधाः)
- The core matches the root budh, “to wake, to be aware.”
- śokaṃ (शोकं)
- śokaṃ is used as a grammatical form in this verse.
- na (न)
- not
- Negation: “not.”
- harṣam (हर्षम्)
- harṣam is used as a grammatical form in this verse.
- upayānti (उपयान्ति)
- going
- upa- (“near, toward”) joined to yānti. From gam / yā, “to go.” Goes; they go; having gone; gone; he goes. Together the form means upa + that sense.
- ye (ये)
- who
- Nominative plural of yad: “who, which.” Relative stem ya-.
- teṣām (तेषाम्)
- of them
- Genitive plural of tad: “of them.”
- evetare (एवेतरे)
- evetare is used as a grammatical form in this verse.
- ceṣṭāṃ (चेष्टां)
- ceṣṭāṃ is used as a grammatical form in this verse.
- śikṣantaḥ (शिक्षन्तः)
- The core matches the root an, “to breathe.”
- santi (सन्ति)
- they are
- Present of as: “they are.”
- tādṛśāḥ (तादृशाः)
- The core matches the root dṛś, “to see.”
तस्मात् त्वया नरश्रेष्ठ ज्ञात्वैतद् भ्रातृभिः सह परित्यज्याखिलं तन्त्रं गन्तव्यं तपसे वनम्
tasmāttasmāt (तस्मात्)Ablative of tad: “from that”; often “therefore.” tvayātvayā (त्वया)Instrumental of yuṣmad: “by you.” naraśreṣṭhanaraśreṣṭha (नरश्रेष्ठ)naraśreṣṭha is used as a grammatical form in this verse. jñātvaitadjñātvaitad (ज्ञात्वैतद्)The core matches the root jñā, “to know.” bhrātṛbhiḥbhrātṛbhiḥ (भ्रातृभिः)bhrātṛbhiḥ is used as a grammatical form in this verse. sahasaha (सह)Indeclinable: “with, together.” parityajyākhilaṃparityajyākhilaṃ (परित्यज्याखिलं)The core matches the root tyaj, “to leave.” pari- (“around”) + tyajyākhilaṃ. tantraṃtantraṃ (तन्त्रं)The core matches the root tan, “to stretch.” gantavyaṃgantavyaṃ (गन्तव्यं)The core matches the root an, “to breathe.” tapasetapase (तपसे)Inflected from tapas. From tap, “to heat, to burn.” Heat; the heating of oneself (austerity as inner heat, not grim duty). vanamvanam (वनम्)The core matches the root nam, “to bow.”
[5.38.89] therefore by you with heat
Word make-up
- tasmāt (तस्मात्)
- therefore
- Ablative of tad: “from that”; often “therefore.”
- tvayā (त्वया)
- by you
- Instrumental of yuṣmad: “by you.”
- naraśreṣṭha (नरश्रेष्ठ)
- naraśreṣṭha is used as a grammatical form in this verse.
- jñātvaitad (ज्ञात्वैतद्)
- The core matches the root jñā, “to know.”
- bhrātṛbhiḥ (भ्रातृभिः)
- bhrātṛbhiḥ is used as a grammatical form in this verse.
- saha (सह)
- with
- Indeclinable: “with, together.”
- parityajyākhilaṃ (परित्यज्याखिलं)
- The core matches the root tyaj, “to leave.” pari- (“around”) + tyajyākhilaṃ.
- tantraṃ (तन्त्रं)
- The core matches the root tan, “to stretch.”
- gantavyaṃ (गन्तव्यं)
- The core matches the root an, “to breathe.”
- tapase (तपसे)
- heat
- Inflected from tapas. From tap, “to heat, to burn.” Heat; the heating of oneself (austerity as inner heat, not grim duty).
- vanam (वनम्)
- The core matches the root nam, “to bow.”
तद् गच्छ धर्मराजाय निवेद्यैतद् वचो मम परश्वो भ्रातृभिः सार्धं यथा यासि तथा कुरु
tadtad (तद्)Neuter of tad: “that.” From the demonstrative stem ta-. gacchagaccha (गच्छ)gaccha is used as a grammatical form in this verse. dharmarājāyadharmarājāya (धर्मराजाय)The core matches the root rāj, “to shine, to rule.” nivedyaitadnivedyaitad (निवेद्यैतद्)ni- (“down, in”) + vedyaitad. vacovaco (वचो)The core matches the root vac, “to speak.” mamamama (मम)Genitive of asmad: “of me, my.” paraśvoparaśvo (परश्वो)paraśvo is used as a grammatical form in this verse. bhrātṛbhiḥbhrātṛbhiḥ (भ्रातृभिः)bhrātṛbhiḥ is used as a grammatical form in this verse. sārdhaṃsārdhaṃ (सार्धं)sārdhaṃ is used as a grammatical form in this verse. yathāyathā (यथा)ya- + thā: “in which way, as.” yāsiyāsi (यासि)The core matches the root ās, “to sit.” tathātathā (तथा)ta- + thā: “in that way, so.” kurukuru (कुरु)kuru: the Kuru people/line. Vocative kuru can also be imperative of kṛ, “do!”
[5.38.90] that ni- (“down, in”) + vedyaitad my as so Vocative kuru can also be imperative of kṛ, “do!”
Word make-up
- tad (तद्)
- that
- Neuter of tad: “that.” From the demonstrative stem ta-.
- gaccha (गच्छ)
- gaccha is used as a grammatical form in this verse.
- dharmarājāya (धर्मराजाय)
- The core matches the root rāj, “to shine, to rule.”
- nivedyaitad (निवेद्यैतद्)
- ni- (“down, in”) + vedyaitad
- ni- (“down, in”) + vedyaitad.
- vaco (वचो)
- The core matches the root vac, “to speak.”
- mama (मम)
- my
- Genitive of asmad: “of me, my.”
- paraśvo (परश्वो)
- paraśvo is used as a grammatical form in this verse.
- bhrātṛbhiḥ (भ्रातृभिः)
- bhrātṛbhiḥ is used as a grammatical form in this verse.
- sārdhaṃ (सार्धं)
- sārdhaṃ is used as a grammatical form in this verse.
- yathā (यथा)
- as
- ya- + thā: “in which way, as.”
- yāsi (यासि)
- The core matches the root ās, “to sit.”
- tathā (तथा)
- so
- ta- + thā: “in that way, so.”
- kuru (कुरु)
- Vocative kuru can also be imperative of kṛ, “do!”
- kuru: the Kuru people/line. Vocative kuru can also be imperative of kṛ, “do!”
इत्य् उक्तो ऽभ्येत्य पार्थाभ्यां यमाभ्यां च सहार्जुनः दृष्टं चैवानुभूतं च कथितं तद् विशेषतः
ityity (इत्य्)ity is used as a grammatical form in this verse. uktoukto (उक्तो)Inflected from ukta. Past participle of vac: said. 'bhyetya'bhyetya (ऽभ्येत्य)'bhyetya is used as a grammatical form in this verse. pārthābhyāṃpārthābhyāṃ (पार्थाभ्यां)The core matches the root yā, “to go.” yamābhyāṃyamābhyāṃ (यमाभ्यां)The core matches the root yā, “to go.” caca (च)Enclitic particle: “and, also.” sahārjunaḥsahārjunaḥ (सहार्जुनः)sahārjunaḥ is used as a grammatical form in this verse. dṛṣṭaṃdṛṣṭaṃ (दृष्टं)From dṛś, “to see” (present paśya-). Sees; see!; I see; seeing; to see; having seen. caivānubhūtaṃcaivānubhūtaṃ (चैवानुभूतं)The core matches the root bhū, “to be, to come to be.” caca (च)Enclitic particle: “and, also.” kathitaṃkathitaṃ (कथितं)kathitaṃ is used as a grammatical form in this verse. tadtad (तद्)Neuter of tad: “that.” From the demonstrative stem ta-. viśeṣataḥviśeṣataḥ (विशेषतः)The core matches the root viś, “to enter.” vi- (“apart, asunder”) + śeṣataḥ.
[5.38.91] said and seeing and that
Word make-up
- ity (इत्य्)
- ity is used as a grammatical form in this verse.
- ukto (उक्तो)
- said
- Inflected from ukta. Past participle of vac: said.
- 'bhyetya (ऽभ्येत्य)
- 'bhyetya is used as a grammatical form in this verse.
- pārthābhyāṃ (पार्थाभ्यां)
- The core matches the root yā, “to go.”
- yamābhyāṃ (यमाभ्यां)
- The core matches the root yā, “to go.”
- ca (च)
- and
- Enclitic particle: “and, also.”
- sahārjunaḥ (सहार्जुनः)
- sahārjunaḥ is used as a grammatical form in this verse.
- dṛṣṭaṃ (दृष्टं)
- seeing
- From dṛś, “to see” (present paśya-). Sees; see!; I see; seeing; to see; having seen.
- caivānubhūtaṃ (चैवानुभूतं)
- The core matches the root bhū, “to be, to come to be.”
- ca (च)
- and
- Enclitic particle: “and, also.”
- kathitaṃ (कथितं)
- kathitaṃ is used as a grammatical form in this verse.
- tad (तद्)
- that
- Neuter of tad: “that.” From the demonstrative stem ta-.
- viśeṣataḥ (विशेषतः)
- The core matches the root viś, “to enter.” vi- (“apart, asunder”) + śeṣataḥ.
व्यासवाक्यं च ते सर्वे श्रुत्वार्जुनसमीरितम् राज्ये परीक्षितं कृत्वा ययुः पाण्डुसुता वनम्
vyāsavākyaṃvyāsavākyaṃ (व्यासवाक्यं)The core matches the root ās, “to sit.” caca (च)Enclitic particle: “and, also.” tete (ते)Enclitic of yuṣmad (“your / to you”) or nominative plural of tad (“they”). Sense follows the verse. sarvesarve (सर्वे)Nominative plural of sarva: “all.” śrutvārjunasamīritamśrutvārjunasamīritam (श्रुत्वार्जुनसमीरितम्)The core matches the root śru, “to hear.” rājyerājye (राज्ये)The core matches the root rāj, “to shine, to rule.” parīkṣitaṃparīkṣitaṃ (परीक्षितं)The core matches the root īkṣ, “to see, to look.” kṛtvākṛtvā (कृत्वा)From kṛ, “to do, to make.” To do; having done; doing. yayuḥyayuḥ (ययुः)yayuḥ is used as a grammatical form in this verse. pāṇḍusutāpāṇḍusutā (पाण्डुसुता)The core matches the root pā, “to protect / to drink.” vanamvanam (वनम्)The core matches the root nam, “to bow.”
[5.38.92] and you all doing
Word make-up
- vyāsavākyaṃ (व्यासवाक्यं)
- The core matches the root ās, “to sit.”
- ca (च)
- and
- Enclitic particle: “and, also.”
- te (ते)
- you
- Enclitic of yuṣmad (“your / to you”) or nominative plural of tad (“they”). Sense follows the verse.
- sarve (सर्वे)
- all
- Nominative plural of sarva: “all.”
- śrutvārjunasamīritam (श्रुत्वार्जुनसमीरितम्)
- The core matches the root śru, “to hear.”
- rājye (राज्ये)
- The core matches the root rāj, “to shine, to rule.”
- parīkṣitaṃ (परीक्षितं)
- The core matches the root īkṣ, “to see, to look.”
- kṛtvā (कृत्वा)
- doing
- From kṛ, “to do, to make.” To do; having done; doing.
- yayuḥ (ययुः)
- yayuḥ is used as a grammatical form in this verse.
- pāṇḍusutā (पाण्डुसुता)
- The core matches the root pā, “to protect / to drink.”
- vanam (वनम्)
- The core matches the root nam, “to bow.”
इत्य् एतत् तव मैत्रेय विस्तरेण मयोदितम् जातस्य यद् यदोर् वंशे वासुदेवस्य चेष्टितम्
ityity (इत्य्)ity is used as a grammatical form in this verse. etatetat (एतत्)Neuter of etad: “this here.” e- + tad. tavatava (तव)Genitive of yuṣmad: “your.” maitreyamaitreya (मैत्रेय)maitreya is used as a grammatical form in this verse. vistareṇavistareṇa (विस्तरेण)vi- (“apart, asunder”) + stareṇa. mayoditammayoditam (मयोदितम्)mayoditam is used as a grammatical form in this verse. jātasyajātasya (जातस्य)Inflected from jāta. From jan, “to be born.” Is born; born. yadyad (यद्)Neuter of yad: “which, what, that.” Relative stem ya-. yadoryador (यदोर्)yador is used as a grammatical form in this verse. vaṃśevaṃśe (वंशे)vaṃśe is used as a grammatical form in this verse. vāsudevasyavāsudevasya (वासुदेवस्य)Inflected from vāsudeva. Son of Vasudeva (vāsu “good, shining” + deva “shining one”). Patronym of Kṛṣṇa; also “the shining one in whom all dwell.” ceṣṭitamceṣṭitam (चेष्टितम्)ceṣṭitam is used as a grammatical form in this verse.
[5.38.93] this your vi- (“apart, asunder”) + stareṇa is born which vāsudevasya
Word make-up
- ity (इत्य्)
- ity is used as a grammatical form in this verse.
- etat (एतत्)
- this
- Neuter of etad: “this here.” e- + tad.
- tava (तव)
- your
- Genitive of yuṣmad: “your.”
- maitreya (मैत्रेय)
- maitreya is used as a grammatical form in this verse.
- vistareṇa (विस्तरेण)
- vi- (“apart, asunder”) + stareṇa
- vi- (“apart, asunder”) + stareṇa.
- mayoditam (मयोदितम्)
- mayoditam is used as a grammatical form in this verse.
- jātasya (जातस्य)
- is born
- Inflected from jāta. From jan, “to be born.” Is born; born.
- yad (यद्)
- which
- Neuter of yad: “which, what, that.” Relative stem ya-.
- yador (यदोर्)
- yador is used as a grammatical form in this verse.
- vaṃśe (वंशे)
- vaṃśe is used as a grammatical form in this verse.
- vāsudevasya (वासुदेवस्य)
- ”
- Inflected from vāsudeva. Son of Vasudeva (vāsu “good, shining” + deva “shining one”). Patronym of Kṛṣṇa; also “the shining one in whom all dwell.”
- ceṣṭitam (चेष्टितम्)
- ceṣṭitam is used as a grammatical form in this verse.
यश् चैतच् चरितं तस्य कृष्णस्य शृणुयात् सदा
yaśyaś (यश्)yaś is used as a grammatical form in this verse. caitaccaitac (चैतच्)caitac is used as a grammatical form in this verse. caritaṃcaritaṃ (चरितं)The core matches the root car, “to move.” tasyatasya (तस्य)Genitive of tad: “of that, his.” kṛṣṇasyakṛṣṇasya (कृष्णस्य)Inflected from kṛṣṇa. kṛṣṇa: dark, black. From kṛṣ, “to draw, to drag,” or as the dark colour. The dark one. Vocative: O Kṛṣṇa. śṛṇuyātśṛṇuyāt (शृणुयात्)The core matches the root yā, “to go.” sadāsadā (सदा)sa- + dā: “always, at every time.”
[5.38.93.90:1] of that Vocative: O Kṛṣṇa always
Word make-up
- yaś (यश्)
- yaś is used as a grammatical form in this verse.
- caitac (चैतच्)
- caitac is used as a grammatical form in this verse.
- caritaṃ (चरितं)
- The core matches the root car, “to move.”
- tasya (तस्य)
- of that
- Genitive of tad: “of that, his.”
- kṛṣṇasya (कृष्णस्य)
- Vocative: O Kṛṣṇa
- Inflected from kṛṣṇa. kṛṣṇa: dark, black. From kṛṣ, “to draw, to drag,” or as the dark colour. The dark one. Vocative: O Kṛṣṇa.
- śṛṇuyāt (शृणुयात्)
- The core matches the root yā, “to go.”
- sadā (सदा)
- always
- sa- + dā: “always, at every time.”
सर्वपापविनिर्मुक्तो विष्णुलोकं स गच्छति
sarvapāpavinirmuktosarvapāpavinirmukto (सर्वपापविनिर्मुक्तो)The core matches the root āp, “to reach.” viṣṇulokaṃviṣṇulokaṃ (विष्णुलोकं)The core matches the root lok, “to see, to shine.” vi- (“apart, asunder”) + ṣṇulokaṃ. sasa (स)Nominative singular masculine of tad: “he, that one.” gacchatigacchati (गच्छति)From gam / yā, “to go.” Goes; they go; having gone; gone; he goes.
[5.38.93.90:2] he going
Word make-up
- sarvapāpavinirmukto (सर्वपापविनिर्मुक्तो)
- The core matches the root āp, “to reach.”
- viṣṇulokaṃ (विष्णुलोकं)
- The core matches the root lok, “to see, to shine.” vi- (“apart, asunder”) + ṣṇulokaṃ.
- sa (स)
- he
- Nominative singular masculine of tad: “he, that one.”
- gacchati (गच्छति)
- going
- From gam / yā, “to go.” Goes; they go; having gone; gone; he goes.